Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, DC 20549

 

 

FORM 10-Q

 

 

(Mark One)

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2015

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission file number: 001-36540

 

 

PFENEX INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   27-1356759

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

10790 Roselle Street, San Diego, CA   92121
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

(858) 352-4400

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).     ¨   Yes     x   No

As of November 3, 2015, the registrant had 23,290,720 shares of Common Stock ($0.001 par value) outstanding.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PFENEX INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Item 1. Financial Statements

    3   

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014

    3   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and nine months ended September  30, 2015 and 2014

    4   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014

    5   

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

    6   

Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    19   

Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

    26   

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

    27   

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

    27   

Item 1A. Risk Factors

    28   

Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

    64   

Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities

    64   

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

    64   

Item 5. Other Information

    64   

Item 6. Exhibits

    64   

SIGNATURES

    65   

EXHIBIT INDEX

    66   


Table of Contents

PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

I tem 1. Financial Statements

PFENEX INC.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

     September 30,
2015
(unaudited)
    December 31,
2014
 
     (in thousands)  

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 115,924      $ 45,722   

Accounts and unbilled receivables, net

     1,097        1,584   

Inventories

     25        23   

Income tax receivable

     281        402   

Deferred income taxes

     3,281        3,281   

Other current assets

     1,976        1,753   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     122,584        52,765   

Restricted cash

     3,958        3,955   

Income tax receivable

     918        —    

Property and equipment, net

     3,076        2,310   

Other long term assets

     53        53   

Intangible assets, net

     5,965        6,363   

Goodwill

     5,577        5,577   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 142,131      $ 71,023   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

    

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 1,402      $ 1,129   

Accrued liabilities

     5,331        2,633   

Current portion of deferred revenue

     3,882        201   

Line of credit obligation

     —          3,813   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     10,615        7,776   

Deferred revenue, less current portion

     45,173        —    

Deferred tax liability

     3,281        3,281   

Line of credit obligation

     3,813        —    

Other long-term liabilities

     57        92   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     62,939        11,149   

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

    

Stockholders’ equity

    

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding

     —         —    

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized; 23,254,132 and 20,405,066 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively

     24        21   

Additional paid-in capital

     212,001        173,141   

Accumulated deficit

     (132,833     (113,288
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     79,192        59,874   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 142,131      $ 71,023   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

3


Table of Contents

PFENEX INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

(unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
(in thousands, except per share data)        2015             2014             2015             2014      

Revenue

   $ 2,057      $ 2,801      $ 6,322      $ 8,625   

Cost of revenue

     682        1,579        2,911        6,031   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,375        1,222        3,411        2,594   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expense

  

Selling, general and administrative

     3,276        2,447        10,855        5,966   

Research and development

     5,679        1,251        12,098        2,789   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expense

     8,955        3,698        22,953        8,755   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (7,580     (2,476     (19,542     (6,161

Other income (expense), net

     (9     (19     38        (58
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

     (7,589     (2,495     (19,504     (6,219

Income tax expense

     (1     —          (41     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $   (7,590   $   (2,495   $   (19,545   $   (6,220
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per common share basic and diluted

   $ (0.33   $ (0.16   $ (0.89   $ (1.06
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

     23,215        15,319        22,066        5,849   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

4


Table of Contents

PFENEX INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(unaudited)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
             2015                      2014          
     (in thousands)  

Cash flows from operating activities

     

Net loss

   $ (19,545    $ (6,220

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     

Depreciation and amortization

     394         348   

Amortization of intangible assets

     398         398   

Stock-based compensation expense

     1,221         191   

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

     51         —    

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

     

Accounts and unbilled receivables

     487         1,676   

Inventories

     (2      2   

Other current assets

     (223      (142

Other long term assets

     —           78   

Accounts payable

     273         (324

Accrued expenses

     2,663         (93

Deferred revenue

     48,854         (485

Income tax receivable

     (797      (3
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     33,774         (4,574
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flow from investing activities

     

Sales/maturities of investments

     —           1,250   

Acquisitions of property and equipment

     (1,211      (20
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (1,211      1,230   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

     

Borrowings under line of credit agreement

     —           223   

Restricted cash

     (3      125   

Repurchase of common stock

     —           (131

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and other stock issuances

     300         33   

Proceeds from issuance of common stock from initial public offering

     —           50,641   

Proceeds from issuance of common stock from secondary offering

     37,342         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     37,639         50,891   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     70,202         47,547   

Cash and cash equivalents

     

Beginning of period

     45,722         3,954   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

End of period

   $ 115,924       $ 51,501   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Supplemental schedule of cash flow information

     

Cash paid for interest

   $ 78       $ 69   

Cash paid for taxes

   $ 942       $ 21   

Non-cash financing transactions

     

Conversion of preferred stock to common stock

   $ —         $ 113,940   

Preferred stock dividends paid in common shares

   $ —         $ 7,307   

Accretion of preferred stock redemption value

   $ —         $ 760   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

5


Table of Contents

PFENEX INC.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

September 30, 2015

1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Business Activities and Organization

Pfenex Inc. (“Company” or “Pfenex”) was incorporated in the state of Delaware in 2009. The Company is a clinical-stage biotechnology company engaged in the development of biosimilar and generic therapeutics and other high value and difficult-to-manufacture proteins. The Company’s lead product candidate is PF582, a biosimilar candidate to Lucentis (ranibizumab). Lucentis is marketed by Genentech, Inc. a wholly-owned member of the Roche Group and Novartis AG, for the treatment of patients with retinal diseases. The Company is conducting a Phase 1b/2a trial in patients with wet age-related macular degeneration, or wet AMD, with its collaboration partner, Hospira, Inc. (“Hospira”), a subsidiary of Pfizer Inc. (collectively with Hospira, “Pfizer”). Pfizer is responsible for determining the need for and timing of any interim analysis for the Phase 1b/2a trial. The Company expects to commence a comparative clinical study with Pfizer in 2016. Pfizer will be responsible for the manufacturing and commercialization of PF582 globally upon successful receipt of marketing approval. The Company’s next most advanced product candidates are PF530 and PF708. PF530 is a biosimilar candidate to Betaseron (interferon beta-1b), marketed by Bayer AG for the treatment of multiple sclerosis. The pilot Phase 1 study for PF530 was initiated in March 2015. PF708 is a generic candidate to Forteo (teriparatide), marketed by Eli Lilly for the treatment of osteoporosis. PF708 is expected to enter into a bioequivalence study by the end of 2015. In addition to the Company’s three lead product candidates, its pipeline includes four other biosimilar candidates as well as vaccine, generic and next generation biologic candidates. The Company filed the Investigational New Drug (“IND”) application for its recombinant anthrax vaccine at the end of 2014.

The Company’s revenue in the near term is primarily related to monetizing its protein production platform through collaboration agreements, service agreements, government contracts and reagent protein product sales which may provide for various types of payments, including upfront payments, funding of research and development, milestone payments, intellectual property access fees and licensing fees.

Reverse Stock Split

On June 27, 2014, the Company effected a 2.812-for-1 reverse stock split of its common and preferred stock. All share and per share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect this reverse stock split.

Initial Public Offering

In July 2014, the Company completed its initial public offering (“IPO”) in which 8,333,333 shares of common stock at a price of $6.00 per share were issued and sold. Additionally, the Company sold 1,095,751 shares of common stock pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. The Company received aggregate proceeds of approximately $52.6 million from the sale of shares of common stock, net of underwriters’ discounts and commissions, but before deducting paid and unpaid offering expenses of approximately $2.0 million. In connection with the IPO, (i) all shares of the Company’s outstanding convertible preferred stock automatically converted into 8,634,857 shares of common stock, (ii) the Company issued 1,217,784 shares of common stock as payment of all accrued and unpaid dividends through July 28, 2014; (iii) the Company repurchased 423,185 shares of its common stock at a purchase price of $0.31 per share pursuant to the amended and restated subscription agreement, dated May 2, 2014, entered into with certain stockholders, including Signet Healthcare Partners Accredited Partnership III, LP and Signet Healthcare Partners QP Partnership III, LP; and (iv) certain members of the Company’s executive management team forfeited an aggregate of 100,000 shares of common stock.

Follow-on Public Offering

In April 2015, the Company completed a follow-on public offering pursuant to which it sold 2,610,000 shares of its common stock at a price to the public of $15.50 per share. In addition, certain existing stockholders sold 4,140,000 shares of common stock in the underwritten public offering at the same per-share price. The total proceeds the Company received from the offering were approximately $38.0 million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions of approximately $2.4 million. After deducting estimated offering expenses of approximately $0.6 million, net proceeds to the Company were $37.4 million.

 

6


Table of Contents

Subsidiary – Pfenex Limited

The UK subsidiary was formed in December 2013 to assist with the Company’s international strategy at that time. In May 2015, the Company initiated the process to dissolve the subsidiary. The dissolution of the subsidiary was finalized in September 2015. Since its incorporation, there has been no activity in the subsidiary and therefore no intercompany relationship requiring inclusion in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements, which include the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial information and with the instructions of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on Form 10-Q and Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and disclosures required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include all adjustments necessary, which are of a normal and recurring nature, for the fair presentation of the Company’s financial position and of the results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. These condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014, as filed with the SEC. The results of operations for the interim period shown in this report are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any other interim period or for the full year.

Segments

The Company operates in one segment. Management uses one measurement of profitability and does not segregate its business for internal reporting. All long-lived assets are maintained at the Company’s facility in the United States.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Estimates have been prepared on the basis of the most current and best available information. However, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments that are readily convertible into cash and have an original maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Restricted Cash

As discussed in Note 6, the Company has a line of credit with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“Wells Fargo”) under which the Company may borrow up to $3.9 million. The line of credit is secured by a security interest of first priority in favor of Wells Fargo in all funds deposited into the Company’s money market account held at Wells Fargo. Restrictions on the money market account will be removed when the line of credit is paid in full and has expired. The line of credit expires on July 1, 2018, at which time all outstanding amounts become due and payable.

Concentrations

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, investments and accounts and unbilled receivables. The Company has established guidelines intended to limit its exposure to credit risk by placing investments with high credit quality financial institutions, diversifying its investment portfolio and placing investments with maturities that help maintain safety and liquidity. All cash and cash equivalents were held at two major financial institutions as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. For the Company’s cash position of $119.9 million as of September 30, 2015, which includes restricted cash of $4.0 million, the Company has exposure to credit loss for amounts in excess of insured limits in the event of non-performance by the institutions; however, the Company does not anticipate non-performance.

Additional credit risk is related to the Company’s concentration of receivables. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, receivables were concentrated among two customers representing 76% and 95% of total net receivables, respectively. For the three month period ended September 30, 2015, revenue was concentrated among two customers, including the Company’s collaborative partner, representing 77% of total revenues and three customers representing 85% for the three months ended September 30, 2014. For the nine month period ended September 30, 2015, revenue was concentrated among four customers, including the

 

7


Table of Contents

Company’s collaborative partner, representing 83% of total revenues and two customers representing 72% for the nine months ended September 30, 2014. There were no supplier concentrations.

A portion of revenue is earned from sales outside the United States. Non-U.S. revenue is denominated in U.S. dollars. A breakdown of the Company’s net revenue from U.S. and non-U.S. sources for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 is as follows:

 

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
(in thousands)    2015      2014      2015      2014  

US Revenue

   $ 1,939       $ 2,272       $ 5,278       $ 7,432   

Non-US Revenue

     118         529         1,044         1,193   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 2,057       $ 2,801       $ 6,322       $ 8,625   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, revenue earned from non-recurring sales in Japan accounted for 11% of the Company’s revenue. During the three months ended September 30, 2015 and the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014, no single foreign country accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s revenue.

Inventories

Inventories consist of reagent protein products and are valued at the lower of cost or market. The Company regularly reviews inventories on hand to identify any inventory that has become obsolete or has a cost basis in excess of its expected net realizable value, as well as any inventory quantities in excess of expected requirements. No write-downs were recorded during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 or 2014.

Revenue

The Company’s revenue is related to the monetization of its protein production platform through collaboration agreements, service agreements, license agreements, government contracts and sales of reagent protein products which may provide for various types of payments, including upfront payments, funding of research and development, milestone payments, intellectual property access fees and licensing fees. The Company’s revenue generating agreements also include potential revenues for achieving milestones and for product royalties.

The Company considers a variety of factors in determining the appropriate method of accounting for its collaboration agreements, including whether multiple deliverables can be separated and accounted for individually as separate units of accounting. Where there are multiple deliverables within a collaboration agreement that cannot be separated and therefore are combined into a single unit of accounting, revenues are deferred and recognized using the relevant guidance over the estimated period of performance. If the deliverables can be separated, the Company applies the relevant revenue recognition guidance to each individual deliverable. The specific methodology for the recognition of the underlying revenue is determined on a case-by-case basis according to the facts and circumstances applicable to each agreement.

Upfront, non-refundable licensing payments are assessed to determine whether or not the licensee is able to obtain standalone value from the license. Where the license does not have standalone value, non-refundable license fees are recorded as deferred revenue and recognized as revenue as the Company performs under the applicable agreement. Where the level of effort is relatively consistent over the performance period, the Company recognizes fixed or determined revenue on a straight-line basis over the estimated period of performance. Where the license has standalone value, the Company recognizes total license revenue at the time all revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Nonrefundable payments for research funding are generally recognized as revenue over the period the underlying research activities are performed.

Revenues under service agreements are recorded as services are performed. These agreements do not require scientific achievement as a performance obligation and provide for payment when services are rendered. All such revenue is nonrefundable. Upfront, nonrefundable payments for license fees, exclusivity and feasibility services received in excess of amounts earned are classified as deferred revenue and recognized as income over the contract term or period of performance based on the nature of the related agreement.

 

8


Table of Contents

The Company recognizes revenue for its cost plus fixed fee government contracts in accordance with the authoritative guidance for revenue recognition including the authoritative guidance specific to federal government contractors. Reimbursable costs under its government contracts primarily include direct labor, materials, subcontracts, accountable property and indirect costs. In addition, the Company receives a fixed fee under its government contracts, which is unconditionally earned as allowable costs are incurred and is not contingent on success factors. Reimbursable costs under the Company’s government contracts, including the fixed fee, are generally recognized as revenue in the period the reimbursable costs are incurred and become billable.

The Company assesses milestone payments on an individual basis and recognizes revenue from nonrefundable milestone payments when the earnings process is complete and the payment is reasonably assured. Nonrefundable milestone payments related to arrangements under which the Company has continuing performance obligations are recognized as revenue upon achievement of the associated milestone, provided that (i) the milestone event is substantive and its achievability was not reasonably assured at the inception of the agreement and (ii) the amount of the milestone payment is reasonable in relation to the effort expended or the risk associated with the milestone event. Where separate milestone payments do not meet these criteria, the Company recognizes revenue using a contingency-adjusted performance model over the period of performance. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, no revenue in connection with the achievement of milestones has been recognized.

The Company’s reagent protein products are comprised of internally developed reagent protein products and those purchased from original manufacturers for resale. Revenues for reagent product sales are reflected net of attributable sales tax. The Company generally offers a 30 day return policy. The Company recognizes reagent product revenue from product sales when it is realized or realizable and earned. Revenue is realized or realizable and earned when all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, (3) the Company’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable, and (4) collectability is reasonably assured. Revenue from sales transactions where the buyer has the right to return the product is recognized at the time of sale only if: (1) the Company’s price to the buyer is substantially fixed or determinable at the date of sale, (2) the buyer has paid the Company, or the buyer is obligated to pay the Company and the obligation is not contingent on resale of the product, (3) the buyer’s obligation to the Company would not be changed in the event of theft or physical destruction or damage of the product, (4) the buyer acquiring the product for resale has economic substance apart from that provided by the Company, (5) the Company does not have significant obligations for future performance to directly bring about resale of the product by the buyer, and (6) the amount of future returns can be reasonably estimated. As of September 30, 2015, the Company has had minimal product returns related to reagent protein product sales. However, given the nature of the products, the Company has recorded reserves of $2 thousand and $10 thousand for warranty and return rights at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The reserve is a component of accounts and unbilled receivables, net in the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets. Revenue under arrangements where the Company outsources the cost of fulfillment to third parties is evaluated as to whether the related amounts should be recorded gross or net. The Company records amounts collected from the customer as revenue, and the amounts paid to suppliers as cost of revenue when it holds all or substantially all of the risks and benefits related to the product or service. For transactions where the Company does not hold all or substantially all the risk, the Company uses net reporting and therefore records the transaction as if the end-user made a purchase from the supplier with the Company acting as a sales agent.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued an Accounting Standards Update (ASU), “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” which outlines a comprehensive revenue recognition model and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance. The new standard requires a company to recognize revenue upon transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the expected consideration to be received in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU defines a five-step approach for recognizing revenue, which may require a company to use more judgment and make more estimates than under the current guidance. The ASU as currently issued will be effective for the Company starting in 2019. The new standard allows for two methods of adoption: (a) full retrospective adoption, meaning the standard is applied to all periods presented, or (b) modified retrospective adoption, meaning the cumulative effect of applying the new standard is recognized as an adjustment to the opening retained earnings balance. The Company is in the process of determining the adoption method as well as the effects the adoption will have on its condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

9


Table of Contents

2. Fair Value Measurements

Authoritative guidance defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in U.S. GAAP and requires disclosures about fair value measurements.

Fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions, a three-tier fair value hierarchy has been established, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

 

Level 1    Observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 1 assets at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 included the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and investments in certificates of deposit. There were no Level 1 liabilities;
Level 2    Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly. The Company had no Level 2 assets or liabilities at September 30, 2015 or December 31, 2014; and
Level 3    Unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of assets or liabilities in which there is little or no market data. The Company had no Level 3 assets or liabilities at September 30, 2015 or December 31, 2014.

The following table presents the Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

 

(in thousands)    Total      Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using  
      Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

September 30, 2015

           

Cash and money market funds

   $ 119,882       $ 119,882       $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 119,882       $ 119,882       $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

           

Cash and money market funds

   $ 49,677       $ 49,677       $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 49,677       $ 49,677       $ —        $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and money market funds include restricted cash, which is included in non-current assets on the balance sheets.

 

10


Table of Contents

3. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

(in thousands)    September 30,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Furniture and equipment

   $ 173       $ 157   

Computers and IT equipment

     251         190   

Purchased software

     728         686   

Lab and research equipment

     3,253         2,837   

Leasehold improvements

     450         348   

Construction in progress

     417         —    

Other fixed assets

     64         35   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, gross

     5,336         4,253   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (2,260      (1,943
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 3,076       $ 2,310   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization expense was included in selling, general and administrative expenses and research and development in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
(in thousands)    2015      2014      2015      2014  

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 65       $ 97       $ 194       $ 288   

Research and development

     74         19         200         60   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total depreciation and amortization expense

   $ 139       $ 116       $ 394       $ 348   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consisted of the following:

 

(in thousands)    September 30, 
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Customer relationships

   $ 3,750       $ 3,750   

Developed technology

     4,400         4,400   

Trade names

     910         910   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross intangible assets

     9,060         9,060   

Less: Accumulated amortization

     (3,095      (2,697
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total intangible assets, net

   $ 5,965       $ 6,363   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Amortization expense was $0.1 million for each of the three months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 and $0.4 million for each of the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014. Amortization expense is included within selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations. As of September 30, 2015, estimated amortization expense for the next five years amounts to approximately $0.5 million per year.

5. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

 

(in thousands)    September 30,
2015
     December 31,
2014
 

Accrued vacation

   $ 400       $ 379   

Deferred rent

     374         247   

Accrued bonuses

     880         913   

Other accrued employee-related liabilities

     223         125   

Accrued professional fees

     316         221   

Accrued supplier liability

     33         198   

Accrued subcontractor costs

     2,699         292   

Other accrued liabilities

     406         258   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 5,331       $ 2,633   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. Line of Credit Obligation

The Company previously entered into two Revolving Line of Credit agreements with Wells Fargo (“LOCs”), the first of which was entered into in May 2012 (“2012 LOC”) and the second in June 2013 (“2013 LOC”). The maximum capacity for the 2012 LOC and 2013 LOC was $1.5 million and $2.4 million, respectively, for a total capacity of $3.9 million. The LOCs were collateralized by money market accounts held at Wells Fargo.

In June 2014, January 2015 and March 2015, the LOCs were amended which allowed the Company to make additional investments in fixed assets; incur operating lease expenses in any fiscal year up to $0.6 million and then $0.9 million; declare or pay any dividend or distribution either in cash, stock or any other property, or redeem, retire, repurchase or otherwise acquire any shares of any class of its stock in connection with the Company’s IPO; and extended the maturity date on both lines of credit to July 2015. In July 2015, the Company and Wells Fargo entered into the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and the Amended and Restated Revolving Line of Credit Note (together, the “Amended Credit Facility”). The Amended Credit Facility replaces the LOCs and still provides the Company with a $3.9 million revolving line of credit which the Company may draw upon from time to time. The proceeds of the loans under the Amended Credit Facility may be used for working capital and general corporate purposes.

The Amended Credit Facility contains customary affirmative covenants, such as financial statement reporting requirements. The Amended Credit Facility also contains customary negative covenants that limit the ability of the Company to, among other things, pay cash dividends if a default is continuing or would occur as a result, incur debt, create liens and encumbrances, or redeem or repurchase stock for cash if a default is continuing or would occur as a result. Future U.S. subsidiaries are required to become subsidiary guarantors of all amounts owing under the Amended Credit Facility.

The Amended Credit Facility contains customary events of default, such as the failure to pay obligations when due, initiation of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, defaults on certain other indebtedness, change of control, and material breach of representations and warranties. Upon an event of default, the lender may, subject to customary cure rights, require the immediate payment of all amounts outstanding and foreclose on collateral.

The Amended Credit Facility terminates, and all outstanding loans become due and payable, on July 1, 2018. Amounts outstanding under the Amended Credit Facility bear interest at a rate equal to, at the Company’s option, (i) a fluctuating rate per annum equal to 2.25% above the overnight LIBOR Rate or (ii) a fixed rate per annum determined by Wells Fargo to be 2.00% above the LIBOR Rate in effect on the first day of each LIBOR Period.

As of September 30, 2015, the amount drawn down on the Amended Credit Facility was $3.8 million and bore a fixed interest rate of 2.31%. The Company recognized $22 thousand of interest expense related to the Amended Credit Facility and LOCs for each of the three months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 and $67 thousand and $63 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

12


Table of Contents

7. Commitments and Contingencies

Collaborative Arrangement

In February 2015, the Company entered into a development and license agreement with Pfizer following the close of the acquisition in September 2015, in which comparative clinical study costs for PF582 will be shared. Pfizer will be responsible for manufacturing and commercializing the product. Under the terms of the collaboration, the Company is eligible to receive up to $342 million in one-time payments, including a non-refundable payment for the license agreement of $51 million, which was received in March of 2015 upon receipt of antitrust approval, up to $291 million upon the successful achievement of certain pre-commercial and commercial milestones, and double digit escalating royalties on annual sales of PF582. Accordingly, the Company is recognizing the $51 million over the patent lives, which extend to 2028. In the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015, $0.9 million and $2.0 million was recognized as license revenue.

Lease Agreements

In June 2010, the Company entered into a lease agreement (“Lease”) with a landlord for an initial term of 10 years, for its corporate headquarters comprised of one building located in San Diego, California. Occupation of the premises under the Lease began in April 2011. Under the terms of the Lease, the Company pays annual base rent, subject to an annual fixed percentage increase, plus its share of common operating expenses. The annual base rent was subject to abatement of 50% for the first year of the lease. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the Lease.

In September 2014, the Company amended the Lease to extend the term for an additional three years through March 31, 2024 and to lease additional facilities consisting of 7,315 square feet, resulting in a total increase in the estimated rent payments over the life of the Lease by approximately $2.9 million. Base rent payments for the new space commenced in December 2014 and increased total estimated rent payments over the life of the Lease by approximately $1.5 million. The extended term on the existing space increased total estimated rent payments by approximately $1.4 million. In addition to the base rent, the Company is obligated to pay certain customary amounts for its share of operating expenses and tax obligations.

In addition to the Lease, the Company has entered into operating and capital lease agreements for office and lab equipment that expire at various dates through December 2019.

Line of Credit

In July 2015, the Company entered into the Amended Credit Facility. See Note 6 - Line of Credit Obligation for more information. Estimated interest payments have been calculated for this debt based on the applicable rates and payment dates existing as of September 30, 2015. Although the interest rates on this debt obligation may vary, the interest rate as of September 30, 2015 has been applied for all years presented.

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of September 30, 2015 for the remainder of fiscal 2015 and future fiscal years:

 

    

Payment Amounts

    

    Operating    
Leases

  

Capital

    Leases    

  

Interest on

Long-Term
Debt

  

Line of Credit

  

      Total      

     (in thousands)

2015

   $         153    $          12    $          22    $         —      $         187

2016

   623    47    90    —      760

2017

   639    47    90    —      776

2018

   573    —      45    3,813    4,431

2019

   590    —      —      —      590

Thereafter

   2,631    —      —      —      2,631
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Total

   $      5,209    $        106    $        247    $      3,813    $      9,375
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

13


Table of Contents

8. Common Stock and Preferred Stock

Prior to the completion of the IPO in July 2014, the Company was authorized to issue common stock and Series A-1 and Series A-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock. Immediately prior to the completion of the IPO, all of the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock automatically converted into 8,634,857 shares of common stock. The Company issued 1,217,784 shares of common stock in connection with the payment of all accrued and unpaid dividends on the preferred stock upon the conversion of the convertible preferred stock to common stock immediately prior to the completion of the IPO. The Company also repurchased 423,185 shares of its common stock at a purchase price of $0.31 per share pursuant to the amended and restated subscription agreement, dated May 2, 2014, entered into with certain stockholders, including Signet Healthcare Partners Accredited Partnership III, LP and Signet Healthcare Partners QP Partnership III, LP. Additionally, members of the Company’s management team forfeited an aggregate of 100,000 shares of common stock in connection with the completion of the IPO.

Common Stock

Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote. The holders of common stock are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when declared by the board of directors, subject to the prior rights of holders of other classes of stock outstanding.

Preferred Stock

Pursuant to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation filed by the Company immediately prior to the completion of its IPO, the board of directors is authorized to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, liquidation preferences, and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing change in the Company’s control or other corporate action.

Series A-1 and A-2 Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

Prior to July 2014, the Company had Series A-1 and A-2 preferred stock outstanding, which had a contingent redemption feature allowing redemption by the holders. The redeemable convertible preferred stock had been classified as mezzanine equity (outside of permanent equity) on the Company’s balance sheet. Series A-1 stock was subject to a cumulative dividend of four percent (4%) compounded quarterly, whether or not declared. Each share of Series A-1 stock was convertible into 0.91966 shares of common stock, subject to adjustments for certain dilutive events. Series A-2 stock was subject to a cumulative dividend of eight percent (8%) compounded quarterly, whether or not declared. Each share of Series A-2 stock was convertible into 1.1406 shares of common stock, subject to adjustments for certain dilutive events.

 

14


Table of Contents

All of the Company’s outstanding preferred stock was converted to common stock on July 28, 2014, at which time no dividends had been declared or paid. Cumulative dividends were as follows:

 

     Cumulative as of July 28, 2014  
(in thousands, except dividends per share)    Dividends      Dividends
per Share
 

Series A-2

   $ 4,457       $ 1.25   

Series A-1

     2,850       $ 0.57   
  

 

 

    
   $ 7,307      
  

 

 

    

9. Repurchase of Common Stock

On December 1, 2009, the Company entered into a common stock subscription agreement with three investors pursuant to which the Company agreed to repurchase a maximum of 423,185 shares of common stock at a price per share of $0.31. Pursuant to the amended and restated subscription agreement, dated May 2, 2014, the Company repurchased all 423,185 shares of common stock at $0.31 price per share immediately prior to the completion of the IPO in July 2014 for a total cost of $131 thousand.

10. Stock-Based Compensation

Summary Stock-Based Compensation Information

The following table summarizes stock-based compensation expense:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
(in thousands)        2015              2014              2015              2014      

Cost of revenues

   $ 19       $ 23       $ 62       $ 44   

Research and development

     115         20         247         37   

Selling, general and administrative

     343         64         912         110   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 477       $ 107       $ 1,221       $ 191   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation from:

           

Stock options

   $ 461       $ 107       $ 1,160       $ 191   

Employee stock purchase plan

     16         —          61         —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 477       $ 107       $ 1,221       $ 191   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

The 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (“2009 Plan”) terminated in connection with the Company’s IPO in 2014 and, accordingly, no awards will be granted under the 2009 Plan following the IPO. However, the 2009 Plan will continue to govern outstanding awards granted thereunder. An aggregate of 1.1 million shares of common stock was reserved for issuance under the 2009 Plan. The 2009 Plan provided for the grant of incentive stock options and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and stock appreciation rights to the Company’s employees, directors and consultants. As of September 30, 2015, awards covering approximately 0.7 million shares of common stock were outstanding under the 2009 Plan.

In July 2014, the board of directors adopted the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (“2014 Plan”) and the Company’s stockholders approved it. The 2014 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, to employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, performance units and performance shares to its employees, directors and consultants and its parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants. Upon approval, a total of 1,356,219 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2014 Plan. In addition, the shares reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan include shares returned to the 2009 Plan as the result of expiration or termination of awards (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2014 Plan pursuant to such previously granted awards under the 2009 Plan is 961,755 shares). The number of shares available for issuance under the 2014 Plan also includes an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2015 and ending with and including the 2018 fiscal year, equal to the least of: (i) 1,356,219 shares; (ii) 2.5% of the

 

15


Table of Contents

outstanding shares of common stock as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; or (iii) such other amount as the board of directors may determine. Stock options granted to date under the 2009 Plan and the 2014 Plan have a term of ten years from the date of grant, and generally vest over a four-year period. However, in the event that an incentive stock option (“ISO”) granted to a participant who, at the time the ISO is granted, owns stock representing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the term of the ISO shall be five years from the grant date or such shorter term as may be provided in the award agreement. In January 2015, the board of directors approved an increase of 510,126 shares to the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan. During the nine months ended September 30, 2015, options to purchase 751,065 shares of common stock were granted and options to purchase 98,483 shares of common stock were forfeited under the 2014 Plan. As of September 30, 2015, a total of 885,293 shares were available for issuance under the 2014 Plan.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In July 2014, the board of directors adopted the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) and the stockholders approved it. The ESPP provides eligible employees of the Company with an opportunity to acquire shares of its common stock at a discount. The ESPP permits eligible employees to purchase shares of common stock during consecutive and overlapping 24-month offering periods beginning on the first trading day on or after February 15 and August 15 of each year (“Offering Periods”), unless adjusted by the board of directors or one of its designated committees. Eligible employees may purchase shares of up to 15% of their total compensation per pay period, but may purchase no more than $25,000 in fair market value of common stock in any calendar year and no more than 700 shares of common stock per semi-annual purchase period. The price an employee pays is 85% of the fair market value of common stock. Fair market value is equal to the lesser of the closing price of a share of common stock on either the first or last day of the Offering Period.

A total of 355,618 shares of common stock were reserved for sale under the ESPP as of December 31, 2014. In addition, the ESPP provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for sale under the ESPP on the first day of each fiscal year beginning in 2015, equal to the least of: (i) 355,618 shares; (ii) 1.5% of the outstanding shares of the common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; or (iii) such other amount as may be determined by the administrator. In January 2015, the board of directors approved an increase of 306,075 shares to the number of shares reserved for sale under the ESPP. During the first nine months of 2015, 24,310 shares were purchased under the ESPP. As of September 30, 2015, a total of 637,383 shares are available for sale under the ESPP. During nine months ended September 30, 2015, proceeds of $140 thousand were received for the issuance of shares under the ESPP.

There is no expense for the three or nine months ended September 30, 2014. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015, the Company recorded compensation expense related to the ESPP of $16 thousand and $61 thousand, respectively.

The fair value of the employees’ stock purchase rights granted under the ESPP was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     Three Months Ended September 30,    Nine Months Ended September 30,
                 2015                            2014                            2015                            2014            

Risk-free interest rate

   Less than 1%    N/A    Less than 1%    N/A

Expected term of options (months)

   6 - 24    N/A    6 - 24    N/A

Expected volatility

   29.2% - 41.0%    N/A    29.2% - 44.8%    N/A

Dividend yield

   0%    N/A    0%    N/A

Stock Options

The exercise price of all options granted during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 was equal to the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant, or following the IPO, the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The fair value of each stock option granted is estimated on the grant date under the fair value method using the Black-Scholes model. The estimated fair values of the stock option, including the effect of estimated forfeitures, are then expensed over the requisite service period which is generally the vesting period. The following assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of stock options:

 

     Three Months Ended September 30,    Nine Months Ended September 30,
     2015    2014    2015    2014

Risk-free interest rate

   1.6% - 1.7%    2.0%    1.3% - 1.9%    1.9% - 2.0%

Expected volatility

   49.8% - 66.2%    53.0%    50.2% - 66.2%    48.7% - 53.5%

Expected dividend yield

   0.0%    0.0%    0.0%    0.0%

Expected life of options in years

   5.3 – 6.3    6.0 –6.1    5.3 – 6.3    5.5 – 6.1

 

16


Table of Contents

The fair value of equity instruments that are ultimately expected to vest, net of estimated forfeitures, are recognized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires multiple subjective inputs, including a measure of expected future volatility. Until the IPO in July 2014, the Company’s stock did not have a readily available market. Consequently, the expected future volatility was based on the historical volatility for comparable publically traded companies over the most recent period commensurate with the estimated expected term of the Company’s stock options. Following the completion of the Company’s IPO in July 2014, the fair value of options granted is based on the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant as quoted on the NYSE MKT.

The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates during the period appropriate for the expected term of the options. The expected term of options granted represents the period of time the options are expected to be outstanding. With the exception of the dividend paid in connection with the conversion of all preferred stock upon the completion of the Company’s IPO, the Company has never declared or paid dividends and has no plans to do so in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, the dividend yield assumption is based on the expectation that the Company will not pay dividends in the future. Authoritative guidance requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

The following table summarizes the Company’s stock option activity during the nine months ended September 30, 2015:

 

     Number of
Options
     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
    

(in thousands, except weighted

average exercise price)

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

     1,232       $ 4.68   

Granted

     751         10.86   

Exercised

     (215      0.74   

Cancelled (forfeited)

     (115      6.44   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Outstanding at September 30, 2015

     1,653       $ 7.89   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested and expected to vest at September 30, 2015

     1,548       $ 7.72   

Vested and exercisable at September 30, 2015

     544       $ 2.99   

The Company received approximately $89 thousand and $24 thousand from stock option exercises during the three months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and $160 thousand and $33 thousand during the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Options outstanding at September 30, 2015 have a weighted average remaining contractual term of 8.0 years.

As of September 30, 2015, there was approximately $5.0 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock option awards and the weighted average period over which this cost is expected to be recognized is 2.9 years.

11. Income Taxes

During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015, the Company recorded an income tax expense of $1 thousand and $41 thousand, respectively, related to alternative minimum taxes. For tax purposes, the Company will recognize all of the $51 million upfront payment from Pfizer as income. The Company will have a deferred tax asset for the difference between the income recognized for book and tax. The future reversal of the deferred revenue will provide for a carryback to 2015 for any amounts recognized for books in 2016 and 2017, estimated to be about $8 million. The future reversal of this temporary difference is a source of income when evaluating the deferred tax asset and valuation allowance. The Company’s taxable income, after net operating losses, is estimated to be $3 million for 2015 and no tax provision, other than alternative minimum tax, will be recorded in 2015 since the taxable income is less than the sources of income related to the reversal of the temporary differences arising in the carryback period. No tax expense is expected in the next several years as the Company continues to generate net operating losses and corresponding valuation allowances due to its investments in its lead product candidates and other pipeline products.

 

17


Table of Contents

12. Net Loss per Share of Common Stock

The following table summarizes the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share:

 

    

Three Months Ended
September 30,

  

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

(in thousands, except per share data)   

    2015    

  

    2014    

  

    2015    

  

    2014    

Net loss

   $(7,590)    $(2,495)    $(19,545)    $(6,220)

Weighted-average common shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share

   23,215    15,319    22,066    5,849
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Net loss per common share basic and diluted

   $(0.33)    $(0.16)    $(0.89)    $(1.06)
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares and dilutive common stock equivalents outstanding for the period, determined using the treasury-stock method and the as-if converted method, for convertible securities, if inclusion of these is dilutive. Because the Company has reported a net loss for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share for those periods.

The following potentially dilutive securities outstanding at the end of the periods presented have been excluded from the computation of diluted shares outstanding, as their effect would be anti-dilutive:

 

    

September 30,

(in thousands)   

    2015    

  

    2014    

ESPP

   35    40

Options to purchase common stock

   1,653    1,093

 

18


Table of Contents
ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Forward-Looking Statements

The following discussion and analysis should be read together with our condensed consolidated financial statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-Q. This Form 10-Q contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

    our and our collaboration partners’ ability to enroll patients in our clinical studies at the pace that we project;

 

    our expectations regarding the timing and the success of the design of the clinical trials and planned clinical trials of PF582, PF530, PF708 and our other product candidates, and reporting results from same;

 

    whether the results of our and our collaboration partners’ trials will be sufficient to support domestic or global regulatory approvals for PF582, PF530, and PF708;

 

    our and our collaboration partners’ ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval of PF582, PF530, PF708 or our future product candidates, and the timing of such regulatory approvals;

 

    our reliance on third parties to conduct clinical studies;

 

    our reliance on third-party contract manufacturers to manufacture and supply our product candidates for us;

 

    the benefits of the use of PF582, PF530, PF708 or any future product candidates;

 

    the rate and degree of market acceptance of PF582, PF530, PF708 or any future product candidates;

 

    our expectations regarding government and third-party payor coverage and reimbursement;

 

    our and our collaboration partners’ ability to manufacture PF582, PF530, and PF708 in conformity with regulatory requirements and to scale up manufacturing of PF582, PF530, and PF708 to commercial scale;

 

    our ability to successfully build a specialty sales force, or collaborate with third-party distributors, to commercialize our products;

 

    our ability to compete with companies currently producing the reference products, including Lucentis, Betaseron and Forteo;

 

    our reliance on our collaboration partners’ performance over which we do not have control;

 

    our ability to retain and recruit key personnel, including development of a sales and marketing function;

 

    our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for PF582, PF530, PF708 or any future product candidates;

 

    our estimates of our expenses, ongoing losses, future revenue, capital requirements and our needs for or ability to obtain additional financing;

 

    the sufficiency of our cash and cash equivalents and cash generated from operations to meet our working capital and capital expenditure needs;

 

    our expectations regarding the market size, size of the patient populations, and growth potential for our product candidates;

 

    our estimates of the expected patent expiration timelines for Lucentis, Betaseron, Forteo and other branded reference biologics;

 

    our expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act;

 

    our ability to develop new products and product candidates;

 

    our ability to successfully establish and successfully maintain appropriate collaborations and derive significant revenue from those collaborations;

 

    our use of proceeds from our offerings;

 

    our financial performance; and

 

19


Table of Contents
    developments and projections relating to our competitors or our industry.

Forward-looking statements include statements that are not historical facts and can be identified by terms such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “potential,” “predicts,” “projects,” “should,” “will,” “would,” or similar expressions and the negatives of those terms.

Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance, or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance, or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. We discuss these risks in greater detail in Part II, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” elsewhere in this Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Also, forward-looking statements represent our management’s beliefs and assumptions only as of the date of this Form 10-Q.

Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future. You should read this Form 10-Q completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

Pfēnex™ and Pfēnex Expression Technology ® are our primary registered trademarks. Other service marks, trademarks, and trade names referred to in this Form 10-Q are the property of their respective owners.

In this Form 10-Q, “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Pfenex Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biotechnology company engaged in the development of biosimilar and generic therapeutics and other high-value and difficult-to-manufacture proteins. Our lead product candidate is PF582, a biosimilar candidate to Lucentis (ranibizumab). Lucentis, marketed by Genentech, Inc., a wholly-owned member of the Roche Group and Novartis AG, for the treatment of patients with retinal diseases, achieved approximately $4.2 billion in global product sales in 2014. For PF582, we are conducting a Phase 1b/2a trial in patients with wet age-related macular degeneration, or wet AMD, with our collaboration partner, Hospira, Inc., or Hospira, a subsidiary of Pfizer Inc. (collectively with Hospira, “Pfizer”). Pfizer is responsible for determining the need for and timing of any interim analysis for the Phase 1b/2a trial. We expect to commence a comparative clinical study with Pfizer in 2016. Pfizer will be responsible for the manufacturing and commercialization of PF582 globally upon successful receipt of marketing approval.

Our next most advanced product candidates are PF530 and PF708. PF530 is a biosimilar candidate to Betaseron (interferon beta-1b) that is marketed by Bayer AG for the treatment of multiple sclerosis and achieved over $1.2 billion in global product sales in 2014. We initiated a Phase 1 trial of PF530 in the first quarter of 2015 and enrolled 12 healthy subjects who received an initial dose of either PF530 or the reference product to assess pharmacokinetic (“PK”) and pharmacodynamic (“PD”) parameters. After a subsequent wash out period, subjects were crossed over to receive the other product. Based on the analysis of the trial PK and PD parameters, we announced in November 2015 that there were no statistically significant differences in PK and PD between the groups administered PF530 versus the reference product. While the study enrolled just 12 subjects and was therefore not powered for further statistical testing, this pilot PK/PD study has provided the necessary PK/PD variability information for PF530 further development. Following our discussions with FDA, we intend to pursue an abbreviated development path for PF530 consisting of a pivotal PK/PD study in healthy subjects and an immunogenicity trial in multiple sclerosis patients, pending the agency’s review of additional bioanalytical data. Over the remainder of this year and into early next year, we will supplement our bioanalytical package and have additional discussions with FDA to refine the study design. We expect to initiate the clinical program in the second half of 2016. PF708 is a generic candidate to Forteo (teriparatide), marketed by Eli Lilly for the treatment of osteoporosis and achieved over $1.3 billion in global product sales in 2014. PF708 is expected to enter into a bioequivalence study by the end of 2015. In addition to our three most advanced product candidates, our pipeline includes four other biosimilar candidates as well as vaccine, generic and next generation biologic candidates. To date, none of our product candidates have received marketing authorization from any regulatory agency, and therefore we have not received revenue from the sale of any of our product candidates.

        Our product candidates are enabled by our patented protein production platform,  Pf ēnex Expression Technology ® , which we believe confers several important competitive advantages compared to traditional techniques for protein production, including the ability to produce complex proteins with higher accuracy and greater degree of protein purity, as well as speed and cost advantages. The development of proteins, such as biosimilars, requires several competencies which represent both challenges and barriers to entry. Due to their inherent complexity, proteins require the use of living organisms to efficiently produce them at a large scale. Traditional techniques for protein production employ a trial and error approach to production organism, or strain, selection and process optimization, which is inherently inefficient and typically produces suboptimal results. This historically inefficient process provides barriers to create or replicate complex proteins, adds significant time to market and results in the high cost of goods typical of biologic therapeutics. Together, these limitations pose significant hurdles for companies interested in entering the market with biosimilar and generic products. Our platform utilizes a proprietary high throughput robotically-enabled parallel approach, which allows the construction and testing of thousands of unique protein production variables in parallel, thereby allowing us to produce and characterize complex proteins while reducing the time and cost of development and long-term production.

Our biosimilar and generic product candidate selection strategy is to focus on products with large addressable markets, which will be free of intellectual property barriers in major markets over our projected approval timelines, and for which our Pf ēnex Expression Technology ® enables efficient and large scale manufacturing. Our pipeline of product candidates and preclinical products under development includes four wholly-owned programs, one that is being developed in collaboration with Pfizer and three that are

 

20


Table of Contents

being developed in a joint venture with Strides Arcolab Limited, a specialty pharmaceutical company. In addition, we are also developing proprietary vaccine candidates that are being funded by the Department of Health and Human Services and the National Institutes of Health (NIH) within the United States government.

Our revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 was $2.1 million and $2.8 million, respectively, and was $6.3 million and $8.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Our historical revenue has been primarily derived from monetizing our P f ēnex Expression Technology ®  through collaboration agreements, service agreements, government contracts and reagent protein product sales, which provide for various types of payments, including upfront payments, funding of research and development, milestone payments, intellectual property access fees and licensing fees. Currently, various government agencies are funding costs associated with our proprietary novel vaccine programs. As we continue to focus our business on the development of our product pipeline, we anticipate allocating fewer resources to certain aspects of our protein production activities that currently generate our revenue, which we expect will result in a decline of service-related revenue associated with protein production.

As of September 30, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $132.8 million, of which $89.8 million was attributable to recognizing the accretion in the redemption value of our convertible preferred stock. We recognized net losses of $7.6 million and $2.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and $19.5 million and $6.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively. We expect to incur substantial and increasing losses for the next several years as we develop and advance our lead product candidates through clinical development, expand our research and development activities, and prepare for the potential commercial launch of our lead product candidates. As a result, our research and development expenses will increase materially as we incur further costs of development. We currently utilize third-party clinical research organizations, or CROs, to carry out our clinical development and we do not yet have an extensive sales organization. We will need substantial additional funding to support our operating activities, especially as we approach anticipated regulatory approval in Europe, the United States and other territories, and begin to establish our commercialization capabilities. Adequate funding may not be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Since our inception, we have funded our operations primarily through the sale and issuance of common stock in our initial public offering, or IPO, and, most recently, in our follow-on offering, the sale and issuance of convertible preferred stock, our credit facility, and revenue from our collaboration agreements, service agreements, government contracts and reagent protein product sales. We have devoted substantially all of our capital resources to the research and development of our product candidates and working capital requirements. Additionally, as we continue to focus our business on the development of our product pipeline, we anticipate allocating fewer resources to certain aspects of our protein production activities that currently generate our revenue, which we expect will result in a decline of service-related revenue.

Critical Accounting Policies, Significant Judgments and Use of Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. These items are monitored and analyzed by us for changes in facts and circumstances, and material changes in these estimates could occur in the future. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Changes in estimates are reflected in reported results for the period in which they become known. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements and related financial information should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and related footnotes included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

21


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Comparison of the three and nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014

The following table summarizes our net loss during the periods indicated:

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
          Nine Months Ended
September 30,
       
(in thousands, except percentages)            2015                     2014             Change             2015                     2014             Change  

Revenue

   $ 2,057      $ 2,801        (27 )%    $ 6,322      $ 8,625        (27 )% 

Cost of revenue

     682        1,579        (57 )%      2,911        6,031        (52 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross profit

     1,375        1,222        13     3,411        2,594        31
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Operating expense

            

Selling, general and administrative

     3,276        2,447        34     10,855        5,966        82

Research and development

     5,679        1,251        354     12,098        2,789        334
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expense

     8,955        3,698        142     22,953        8,755        162
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Loss from operations

     (7,580     (2,476     206     (19,542     (6,161     217

Other income (expense), net

     (9     (19     (53 )%      38        (58     166
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss before income taxes

     (7,589     (2,495     204     (19,504     (6,219     214

Income tax expense

     (1     —         100     (41     (1     4000
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net loss

   $ (7,590   $ (2,495     204   $ (19,545   $ (6,220     214
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Revenue

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
           Nine Months Ended
September 30,
        
(in thousands, except percentages)    2015      2014      Change     2015      2014      Change  

Revenue

   $ 2,057       $ 2,801         (27 )%    $ 6,322       $ 8,625         (27 )% 

Revenue decreased by $2.3 million, or 27%, to $6.3 million in the nine month period ended September 30, 2015 compared to $8.6 million in same period in 2014. Revenue decreased by $0.7 million, or 27%, to $2.1 million in the three month period ended September 30, 2015 compared to $2.8 million in same period in 2014. The decreases in revenue for the periods presented were due to the stage of development of our Px563L product candidate under our government contracts and the decrease in activity related to our protein production service work, partially offset by an increase in license revenue. We expect revenue related to our protein production services to decline in the near-term as we shift our resources to developing our product pipeline. Given the nature of the novel vaccine development process, revenue will fluctuate depending on stage of development.

Cost of Revenue

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
           Nine Months Ended
September 30,
        
(in thousands, except percentages)    2015      2014      Change     2015      2014      Change  

Cost of revenue

   $ 682       $ 1,579         (57 )%    $ 2,911       $ 6,031         (52 )% 

Cost of revenue decreased by approximately $3.1 million, or 52%, to $2.9 million in the nine month period ended September 30, 2015 compared to $6.0 million in same period in 2014. Cost of revenue decreased by approximately $0.9 million, or 57%, to $0.7 million in the three month period ended September 30, 2015 compared to $1.6 million in same period in 2014. The decreases in cost of revenue for the periods presented were due primarily to the stage of development of our Px563L product candidate under our government contracts. The Phase 1 trial for Px563L, entirely funded through the U.S. government, is expected to be initiated by the end of the year. Given the nature of the novel vaccine development process, these costs will fluctuate depending on stage of development.

 

22


Table of Contents

Selling, General and Administrative

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
           Nine Months Ended
September 30,
        
(in thousands, except percentages)    2015      2014      Change     2015      2014      Change  

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 3,276       $ 2,447         34   $ 10,855       $ 5,966         82

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $4.9 million, or 82%, to $10.9 million in the nine month period ended September 30, 2015 compared to $6.0 million in the same period in 2014. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $0.8 million, or 34%, to $3.3 million in the three month period ended September 30, 2015 compared to $2.5 million in the same period in 2014. The increases in selling, general and administrative expenses during the periods presented were due to an increase in activities associated with operating as a publicly-traded company. We expect general and administrative costs to increase for activities associated with operating as a publicly-traded company, including maintaining compliance with exchange listing and Securities and Exchange Commission requirements. These increases will likely include legal fees, accounting fees, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance premiums and fees associated with investor relations. These increases will also likely include the hiring of additional personnel. In addition, we intend to continue to incur increased internal and external business development costs to support our various product development efforts, which can vary from period to period.

Research and Development

 

     Three Months Ended
September 30,
           Nine Months Ended
September 30,
        
(in thousands, except percentages)    2015      2014      Change     2015      2014      Change  

Research and development

   $ 5,679       $ 1,251         354   $ 12,098       $ 2,789         334

Research and development expenses increased by approximately $9.3 million, or 334%, to $12.1 million in the nine month period ended September 30, 2015 compared to $2.8 million in the same period in 2014. Research and development expenses increased by approximately $4.4 million, or 354%, to $5.7 million in the three month period ended September 30, 2015 compared to $1.3 million in same period in 2014. The increase in research and development expenses during the periods presented was due to the increase in development activity on our product candidates PF708 and PF530 and the hiring of additional personnel dedicated to our research and development efforts. PF530 was removed from the Joint Development License Agreement (“JDLA”) with Strides Arcolab in February 2015 and we initiated a Phase 1 trial for PF530 in March 2015. We expect research and development costs will increase going forward as we independently advance PF530 as a wholly-owned product candidate. Additionally, we expect research and development expenses to increase as we advance our other lead candidates and pipeline product candidates. For example, under our agreement with Pfizer, we will share the confirmatory clinical study costs for PF582 with our share capped at $20 million, $10 million of which will be setoff as a credit against royalties payable to us unless the collaboration agreement is terminated prior to such setoff. We will also share the costs of seeking regulatory approval of PF582 and a certain portion of other costs that are related to PF582, and that may begin after any filings for regulatory approval of PF582 would be made.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net increased by $96 thousand to $38 thousand of other income, net in the nine month period ended September 30, 2015 compared to $58 thousand of other expense, net in the same period in 2014. Other expense, net decreased by $10 thousand to $9 thousand of other expense, net in the three month period ended September 30, 2015 compared to $19 thousand of other expense, net in same period in 2014. The increases are primarily due to changes in interest income, interest expense and exchange rates.

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense increased by $40 thousand in the nine month period ended September 30, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014. Income tax expense increased by $1 thousand in the three month period ended September 30, 2015 compared to no expense for the same period in 2014. This is due to the alternative minimum tax expense recorded in 2015.

 

23


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The following table summarizes our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities:

 

(in thousands)    September 30, 2015      December 31, 2014  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 115,924       $ 45,722   

Since inception, we have funded our operations primarily through the sale of equity securities, collaboration agreements, service agreements, government contracts, reagent protein product sales and borrowings under our credit facilities. At September 30, 2015, we had $115.9 million in cash and cash equivalents compared to $45.7 million as of December 31, 2014 and $4.0 million in restricted cash as collateral for lines of credit at both September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014. As of September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had $3.8 million drawn under our $3.9 million Amended Credit Facility.

In July 2014, we completed our IPO pursuant to which we sold 9,429,084 shares of our common stock (inclusive of 1,095,751 shares of common stock from the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares) at a public offering price of $6.00 per share, resulting in net proceeds of approximately $52.6 million, after underwriting discounts and commissions but before offering expenses of approximately $2.0 million.

In February 2015, we entered into an agreement with Pfizer in which comparative clinical study costs for PF582 will be shared, and Pfizer will be responsible for manufacturing and commercializing the product. Under the terms of the collaboration, we are eligible to receive up to $342 million in one-time payments, including a non-refundable payment of $51 million, which we received in March of 2015 upon receipt of antitrust approval, and up to $291 million upon the successful achievement of certain pre-commercial and commercial milestones, and double digit escalating royalties on annual sales of PF582. The agreement also allows for additional future product collaborations.

In April 2015, we completed a follow-on public offering pursuant to which we sold 2,610,000 shares of our common stock at a price to the public of $15.50 per share. In addition, certain existing stockholders sold 4,140,000 shares of common stock in the underwritten public offering at the same per-share price. The total proceeds we received from the offering were approximately $38.0 million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions of approximately $2.4 million. After deducting estimated offering expenses payable by us of approximately $0.6 million, net proceeds to us were approximately $37.4 million.

In July 2015, we entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement and an Amended and Restated Revolving Line of Credit Note, which we collectively refer to as our Amended Credit Facility. The Amended Credit Facility replaces our existing Credit Agreement, originally dated as of May 1, 2012. The Amended Credit Facility provides us with a $3.9 million revolving line of credit which we may draw upon from time to time. The proceeds of the loans under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement may be used for working capital and general corporate purposes. The Amended Credit Facility terminates, and all outstanding loans become due and payable, on July 1, 2018. There was $3.8 million outstanding under our Amended Credit Facility as of September 30, 2015. Amounts outstanding under the Amended Credit Facility bear interest at a rate equal to, at our option, (i) a fluctuating rate per annum equal to 2.25% above the overnight LIBOR Rate or (ii) a fixed rate per annum determined by Wells Fargo to be 2.00% above the LIBOR Rate in effect on the first day of each LIBOR Period. See Note 6 for further discussion regarding the Amended Credit Facility and related covenants.

We believe that our available cash and cash equivalents, including the proceeds from our IPO in 2014 and our follow-on offering in April 2015, availability under our existing credit facilities, and any revenue from our government contracts, service agreements, collaboration agreements, and reagent protein product sales will allow us to fund our operations for at least the next 12 to 18 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including the timing and extent of spending on our research and development efforts, the timing and success of our clinical trials, the expansion of our sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new product candidates, and the future market acceptance of our product candidates. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise such financing on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected.

Cash Flows

The following table sets forth the primary sources and uses of cash and cash equivalents for each of the periods presented below.

 

     Nine Months Ended September 30,  
(in thousands)    2015      2014  

Net cash provided by (used in):

     

Operating activities

   $ 33,774       $ (4,574

Investing activities

     (1,211      1,230   

Financing activities

     37,639         50,891   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 70,202       $ 47,547   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

24


Table of Contents

Net cash provided by operating activities was $33.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared to net cash used of $4.6 million for the nine month period ended September 30, 2014. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities in the nine months ended September 30, 2015, was primarily related to a collaboration agreement that we entered into with Pfizer in February 2015 to develop PF582. The agreement includes a one-time non-refundable payment of $51 million by Pfizer to Pfenex, which we received in March 2015. The increase in cash for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 was offset by our research and development activities associated with PF530 and PF708. We anticipate our research and development expense to increase in future periods as we advance our lead product candidates and product pipeline. In addition, our general and administrative costs increased as a result of activities associated with operating as a publicly-traded company, which we anticipate to continue for the foreseeable future.

Net cash used in investing activities was $1.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared to $1.2 million of net cash inflows for the nine month period ended September 30, 2014. We had no maturities of short-term investments in the nine month period ended September 30, 2015 compared to $1.3 million in maturities of short-term investments in the nine month period ended September 30, 2014. We used $1.2 million and $20 thousand to purchase property and equipment in the nine month periods ended September 30, 2015 and September 30, 2014, respectively.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $37.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 compared to net cash provided of $50.9 million for the nine month period ended September 30, 2014. The increase in net cash provided by financing activities was primarily associated with our follow-on public offering pursuant to which we sold 2,610,000 shares of our common stock at a price to the public of $15.50 per share. After deducting estimated offering expenses of approximately $0.6 million, net proceeds to us were approximately $37.4 million. The increase was also attributable to receiving $140 thousand in proceeds from purchases under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and $160 thousand from the exercises of stock options in the nine month periods ended September 30, 2015.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not engaged in any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4) of Regulation S-K, other than a joint venture agreement, or JVA, with Strides Arcolab, and the indemnification agreements described below.

In March 2013, we and Strides Arcolab entered into the JVA. The JVA was established to provide a vehicle for the advancement of certain biosimilars successful in Phase 1 trials under a joint development and license agreement between us and Strides Arcolab. Under the terms of the JVA, both parties share equally in all decisions, and share revenue and expenses at a rate of 51% to Strides Arcolab and 49% to us. There has been no activity in the JV to date. Once a biosimilar product successfully completes a Phase 1 trial and Strides Arcolab and we agree to contribute the biosimilar to the JV, the JV will incur activity.

In the normal course of business, we enter into contracts and agreements that contain a variety of representations and warranties and provide for general indemnifications, including our Strides Arcolab agreements described above. Our exposure under these agreements is unknown because it involves claims that may be made against us in the future, but have not yet been made. As of September 30, 2015, we have not paid any claims or been required to defend any action related to our indemnification obligations. However, we may record charges in the future as a result of these indemnification obligations.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of September 30, 2015 for the remainder of fiscal 2015 and future fiscal years:

 

     Payment Amounts  
(in thousands)    Operating
Leases
     Capital
Leases
     Interest on
Long-Term
Debt
     Line of Credit      Total  

2015

   $ 153       $ 12       $ 22       $ —         $ 187   

2016

     623         47         90         —           760   

2017

     639         47         90         —           776   

2018

     573         —           45         3,813         4,431   

2019

     590         —           —           —           590   

Thereafter

     2,631         —           —           —           2,631   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,209       $ 106       $ 247       $ 3,813       $ 9,375   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

25


Table of Contents

Lease Agreements

In June 2010, we entered into a lease agreement (“Lease”) with a landlord for an initial term of 10 years, for our corporate headquarters comprised of one building located in San Diego, California. Occupation of the premises under the Lease began in April 2011. Under the terms of the Lease, we pay annual base rent, subject to an annual fixed percentage increase, plus our share of common operating expenses. The annual base rent was subject to abatement of 50% for the first year of the lease. We recognize rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the Lease.

In September 2014, we amended the Lease to extend the term for an additional three years through March 31, 2024 and to lease additional facilities consisting of 7,315 square feet, resulting in a total increase in the estimated rent payments over the life of the Lease by approximately $2.9 million. Base rent payments for the new space commenced in December 2014 and increased total estimated rent payments over the life of the Lease by approximately $1.5 million. The extended term on the existing space increased total estimated rent payments by approximately $1.4 million. In addition to the base rent, we are obligated to pay certain customary amounts for our share of operating expenses and tax obligations.

In addition to the Lease, we have entered into operating and capital lease agreements for office and lab equipment that expire at various dates through December 2019.

Line of Credit

In July 2015, we entered into an Amended Credit Facility. See Note 6 Line of Credit Obligation for more information. Estimated interest payments have been calculated for this debt based on the applicable rates and payment dates existing as of September 30, 2015. Although the interest rates on this debt obligation may vary, the interest rate as of September 30, 2015 has been applied for all years presented.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued an Accounting Standards Update (ASU), “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” which outlines a comprehensive revenue recognition model and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance. The new standard requires a company to recognize revenue upon transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the expected consideration to be received in exchange for those goods or services. The ASU defines a five-step approach for recognizing revenue, which may require a company to use more judgment and make more estimates than under the current guidance. The ASU as currently issued will be effective for us starting in 2019. The new standard allows for two methods of adoption: (a) full retrospective adoption, meaning the standard is applied to all periods presented, or (b) modified retrospective adoption, meaning the cumulative effect of applying the new standard is recognized as an adjustment to the opening retained earnings balance. We are in the process of determining the adoption method as well as the effects the adoption will have on our condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to market risk in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. We do not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes.

Interest rate fluctuation risk

The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve our capital to fund our operations. We also seek to maximize income from our cash and cash equivalents without assuming significant risk. To achieve our objectives, we invest our cash and cash equivalents in money market funds, treasury obligations, short term certificates of deposit and high-grade corporate securities, directly or through managed funds, with maturities of six months or less. As of September 30, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents of $115.9 million consisting of cash of $37.1 million and investments of $78.8 million in highly liquid U.S. money market funds. In addition, we had $4.0 million in restricted cash all invested in highly liquid U.S. money market funds. A portion of our investments may be subject to interest rate risk and could fall in value if market interest rates increase. However, because our investments are primarily short-term in duration, we believe that our exposure to interest rate risk is not significant and a 100 basis point movement in market interest rates would not have a significant impact on the total value of our portfolio. We actively monitor changes in interest rates.

As of September 30, 2015, the total principal outstanding under our line of credit agreements was $3.8 million. As of September 30, 2015, the Amended Credit Facility bore a fixed interest rate of 2.31%. If overall interest rates had increased by 10% during the periods presented, our interest expense would not have been materially affected.

 

26


Table of Contents

Foreign currency exchange risk

We contract with CROs, investigational sites and suppliers in foreign countries. We are therefore subject to fluctuations in foreign currency rates in connection with these agreements. We do not hedge our foreign currency exchange rate risk. To date we have not incurred any material effects from foreign currency changes on these contracts. The effect of a 10% adverse change in exchange rates on foreign currency denominated cash and payables as of September 30, 2015 would not have been material. However, fluctuations in currency exchange rates could harm our business in the future.

Inflation risk

Inflation may affect us by increasing our cost of labor and clinical trial costs. We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations for any period presented herein.

 

ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) prior to the filing of this quarterly report. The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commissions’ rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this quarterly report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended September 30, 2015 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls

Management recognizes that a control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud or error, if any, have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of a simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

 

ITEM 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are currently not a party to any material legal proceedings.

 

27


Table of Contents
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. If any of the risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, operating results, and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Relating to our Financial Condition and Need for Additional Capital

We have a limited operating history and expect to generate significant losses for the foreseeable future. If we do not generate significant revenue, we will not be profitable.

With the exception of one year, we have incurred annual net operating losses since inception, and to date have generated only limited revenue from government contracts, service agreements, collaboration agreements, and reagent protein product sales. We have recorded net losses of $19.5 million, $6.2 million, $9.8 million and $4.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2015 and 2014 and the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and had an accumulated deficit of $132.8 million and net working capital of $112.0 million as of September 30, 2015. We have funded our operations primarily through the sale and issuance of common stock in our initial public offering, our recent follow-on offering in April 2015, the sale and issuance of convertible preferred stock, our credit facility, and revenue from government contracts, service agreements, collaboration agreements and reagent protein product sales. As of September 30, 2015, we had capital resources consisting of cash and cash equivalents of $115.9 million. The sale and issuance of common stock in our initial public offering in July 2014, and the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in August 2014, provided net proceeds of approximately $52.6 million before offering expenses of approximately $2.0 million. In April 2015, we completed a follow-on offering in which we raised additional net proceeds of approximately $37.4 million.

As we continue to develop and invest more resources into the development and commercialization of our product candidates, we expect that our expenses will increase substantially, and that our net operating losses will increase over the next several years. To become profitable, we must successfully develop and obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, and effectively manufacture and commercialize the product candidates we develop. If we obtain regulatory approval to market a product candidate, our future revenue will depend upon the size of any markets in which our product candidates may receive approval, and our and our collaboration partners’ ability to achieve sufficient market acceptance, pricing, reimbursement from third-party payors, and adequate market share for our product candidates in those markets. We may never succeed in these activities and therefore may never generate revenue that is significant or large enough to achieve profitability. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, diversify our product offerings or continue our operations.

We will require substantial additional funds to obtain regulatory approval for and commercialize our three most advanced biosimilar and generic product candidates and any future product candidates and, if additional capital is not available, we may need to limit, scale back or cease our operations.

Since our inception, most of our resources have been dedicated to the preclinical and clinical development of our three most advanced biosimilar and generic product candidates, PF582, PF530 and PF708. In the near term, we will incur substantial costs upon commencement of our comparative clinical study for PF582 with Hospira, Inc., or Hospira, a subsidiary of Pfizer Inc (collectively with Hospira, “Pfizer”). We believe that we will continue to expend substantial resources for the foreseeable future for the preclinical and clinical development of our current product pipeline, and the development of any other indications and product candidates we may choose to pursue, either alone or with our strategic collaboration partners. These expenditures will include costs associated with research and development, conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials, and manufacturing and supply as well as marketing and selling any products approved for sale. In addition, other unanticipated costs may arise. Because the outcome of any clinical trial is highly uncertain, we cannot reasonably estimate the actual amounts necessary to successfully complete the development and commercialization of PF582, PF530 and our pipeline of other product candidates and preclinical products under development.

 

28


Table of Contents

We believe that our available cash and cash equivalents, including the proceeds from our initial public offering, or IPO, in 2014 and our follow-on offering in April 2015, availability under our existing credit facilities, and any revenue from our government contracts, service agreements, collaboration agreements, and reagent protein product sales will allow us to fund our operations for at least the next 12 to 18 months. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations; even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. Our future capital requirements may vary depending on the following:

 

    the continued progress in our research and development programs, including completion of our preclinical studies and clinical trials;

 

    the time and costs involved in obtaining regulatory and marketing approvals in multiple jurisdictions for our product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials;

 

    the cost of manufacturing and commercialization activities, if any;

 

    the cost associated with establishing collaborations with third parties for the development and commercialization of our product candidates, or otherwise building and maintaining a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure to commercialize any products for which we may obtain marketing approval;

 

    the cost of litigation, including potential patent litigation with innovator companies or others who may hold patents; and

 

    the potential acquisition and in-licensing of other technologies, products or assets.

If we were to experience any delays or encounter issues with any of the above, including clinical holds, failed studies, inconclusive or complex results, safety or efficacy issues, or other regulatory challenges that require longer follow-up of existing studies, additional major studies, or additional supportive studies in order to pursue marketing approval, it could further increase the costs associated with the above and delay revenues.

If we seek additional funding in the future, additional funds may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. We may seek to raise additional funds through equity, equity-linked or debt financings. If we raise additional funds through the incurrence of indebtedness, such indebtedness would have rights that are senior to holders of our equity securities and could contain covenants that restrict our operations. Any additional equity financing may be dilutive to our stockholders. If we are unable to obtain funding on a timely basis, we may be required to significantly curtail the advancement of one or more of our product candidates. We also could be required to seek funds through arrangements with collaborators or others that may require us to relinquish rights to some of our technologies or product candidates which we would otherwise pursue on our own.

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly.

Our operating results are subject to quarterly fluctuations. Our net loss and other operating results are affected by numerous factors, including:

 

    variations in the level of expenses related to our PF582, PF530 and PF708 development programs;

 

    addition or termination of clinical trials;

 

    any intellectual property infringement lawsuit in which we may become involved;

 

    regulatory developments affecting any of our products; and

 

    our execution of any service, collaborative, licensing or similar arrangements, and the timing of payments we may make or receive under these arrangements.

If our quarterly operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the market price of our common stock could decline substantially. Furthermore, any quarterly fluctuations in our operating results may, in turn, cause the market price of our stock to fluctuate substantially.

Risks Relating to our Business and our Industry

If an improved version of a reference product, such as Lucentis, Betaseron or Forteo, is developed, or if the market for a reference product significantly declines, sales or potential sales of our biosimilar and generic product candidates may suffer.

Innovator companies may develop improved versions of a reference product as part of a life cycle extension strategy, and may obtain approval of the improved version under a supplemental biologics license application. If an innovator company succeeds in obtaining an approval of an improved product, it may capture a significant share of the collective reference product market and significantly reduce the market for the reference product, and thereby the potential size of the market for our biosimilar and generic product candidates. In addition, the improved product may be protected by additional patent rights.

 

29


Table of Contents

Additionally, competition in the pharmaceutical market is intense. Reference products face competition on numerous fronts as technological advances are made that may offer patients a more convenient form of administration or increased efficacy, or as new products are introduced. As new products are approved that compete with the reference product to our biosimilar and generic product candidates, such as Lucentis, Betaseron or Forteo, sales of the reference products may be significantly and adversely impacted and may render the reference product obsolete. If the market for the reference product is impacted, we in turn may lose significant market share or market potential for our products and product candidates. As a result, the value of our product pipeline could be negatively impacted and our business, prospects and financial condition could suffer.

Our product candidates, if approved, will face significant competition from the reference products and from other biosimilars and generics of the reference products. Our failure to effectively compete may prevent us from achieving significant market penetration and expansion.

We expect to enter highly competitive pharmaceutical markets. Successful competitors in the pharmaceutical market have the ability to effectively discover, obtain patents, develop, test and obtain regulatory approvals for products, as well as the ability to effectively commercialize, market and promote approved products, including communicating the effectiveness, safety and value of products to consumers and medical professionals. Numerous companies, universities, and other research institutions are engaged in developing, patenting, manufacturing and marketing of products competitive with those that we are developing. Many of these potential competitors, such as Bayer AG, Novartis AG, Genentech, Inc. a wholly-owned member of the Roche Group, and Eli Lilly and Company are large, experienced companies that enjoy significant competitive advantages, such as substantially greater financial, research and development, manufacturing, personnel and marketing resources. Recent and potential future merger and acquisition activity in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are likely to result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. These companies also maintain greater brand recognition and more experience and expertise in undertaking preclinical testing and clinical trials of product candidates, and obtaining U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and other regulatory approvals of products. Established pharmaceutical companies may also invest heavily to accelerate discovery and development of novel compounds that could make our product candidates obsolete.

In addition, our biosimilar and generic products may face competition from companies that develop and commercialize biosimilars and generics that compete directly with our products. See “Risks Related to Government Regulation-If other biosimilars of Lucentis or Betaseron or other generics to Forteo are approved and successfully commercialized before PF582, PF530 or PF708, our business would suffer .

Use of our product candidates could be associated with side effects or adverse events.

As with most pharmaceutical products, use of our product candidates could be associated with side effects or adverse events which can vary in severity (from minor reactions to death) and frequency (infrequent or prevalent). Side effects or adverse events associated with the use of our product candidates may be observed at any time, including in clinical trials or when a product is commercialized, and any such side effects or adverse events may negatively affect our and our collaboration partners’ ability to obtain regulatory approval or market our product candidates. Side effects such as toxicity or other safety issues associated with the use of our product candidates could require us or our collaboration partners to perform additional studies or halt development or sale of these product candidates or expose us to product liability lawsuits which will harm our business. We may be required by regulatory agencies to conduct additional animal or human studies regarding the safety and efficacy of our product candidates which we have not planned or anticipated. There can be no assurance that we will resolve any issues related to any product-related adverse events to the satisfaction of the FDA or any regulatory agency in a timely manner or ever, which could harm our business, prospects and financial condition.

In addition, if we and our collaboration partners are successful in commercializing PF582, PF530 and PF708 or any other product candidates the FDA, European Medicines Agency, or EMA, European Economic Area Competent Authorities, or EEA Competent Authorities, and other foreign regulatory agency regulations require that we report certain information about adverse medical events if those products may have caused or contributed to those adverse events. The timing of our obligation to report would be triggered by the date we become aware of the adverse event as well as the nature of the event. We or our collaborators may fail to report adverse events we become aware of within the prescribed timeframe. We or our collaborators may also fail to appreciate that we or our collaborators have become aware of a reportable adverse event, especially if it is not reported to us as an adverse event or if it is an adverse event that is unexpected or removed in time from the use of our products. If we or our collaborators fail to comply with our reporting obligations, the FDA, the EMA, EEA Competent Authorities, or other foreign regulatory agencies could take action including criminal prosecution, the imposition of civil monetary penalties, seizure of our products, or delay in approval or clearance of future products.

 

30


Table of Contents

If we fail to attract and keep senior management and key scientific personnel, we may be unable to successfully develop PF582, PF530, PF708 or any future product candidates, conduct our clinical trials and commercialize PF582, PF530, PF708 or any future product candidates we develop.

Our success depends in part on our continued ability to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified management, clinical and scientific personnel. We believe that our future success is highly dependent upon the contributions of our senior management, particularly our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Business Officer, as well as our senior scientists and other members of our senior management team. Employment agreements with each of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Business Officer, and other senior executives, as well as our offer letters with our senior scientists, all provide for “at-will” employment. The loss of services of any of these individuals could delay or prevent the successful development of our product pipeline, completion of our planned clinical trials or the commercialization of PF582, PF530, PF708 or any future products we develop.

Although we have not historically experienced significant difficulties attracting and retaining qualified employees, we could experience such problems in the future. For example, competition for qualified personnel in the biotechnology and pharmaceuticals industry is intense due to the limited number of individuals who possess the skills and experience required. We will need to hire additional personnel as we expand our clinical development and commercial activities. We may not be able to attract and retain quality personnel on acceptable terms, or at all, which may cause our business and operating results to suffer.

We currently rely on a limited number of collaboration partners for a substantial portion of our revenue. The loss of or a change in any significant collaboration partner, including its credit worthiness, could materially reduce our revenue and adversely impact our financial position.

Three collaboration partners accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in 2014 and 2012, and two collaboration partners accounted for more than 10% of our 2013 revenue. The Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority, or BARDA, the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, or NIAID and Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH each accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in 2014. In 2013, BARDA and Leidos, Inc. each accounted for more than 10% of our revenue. In 2012, BARDA, Leidos, Inc. and MedImmune, LLC each accounted for more than 10% of our revenue. Additionally, there was one additional entity accounting for more than 10% of our revenue in 2013; however, this was the result of a one-time transaction and is not expected to provide significant revenue going forward.

We have also entered into an agreement with Pfizer to develop and commercialize PF582. The prospects for this product candidate depend in part on the expertise, development and commercial skills, and financial strength of Pfizer.

The loss of any key collaboration partner or any significant adverse change in the size or terms of a contract with a key collaboration partner could significantly reduce our revenue over the short term. Moreover, having our revenue concentrated among a limited number of entities creates a concentration of financial risk for us, and in the event that any significant collaboration partner is unable to fulfill its payment obligations to us, our operating results and cash position would suffer. See Risks Relating to our Reliance on Third Parties - We are substantially dependent on the expertise of Pfizer and Strides Arcolab to develop and commercialize some of our product candidates. If we fail to maintain our current strategic relationship with Pfizer and Strides Arcolab, our business, commercialization prospects and financial condition may be materially adversely affected.”

 

31


Table of Contents

We currently have limited marketing capabilities and no sales organization.

We currently have limited sales and marketing capabilities. We have no prior experience in the marketing, sale and distribution of pharmaceutical products and there are significant risks involved in building and managing a sales organization, including our ability to hire, retain and incentivize qualified individuals, generate sufficient sales leads, provide adequate training to sales and marketing personnel and effectively manage a geographically dispersed sales and marketing team.

To commercialize our lead product candidate PF582, we have entered into a collaboration agreement with Pfizer. If PF582 receives regulatory approval, Pfizer is required to use commercially reasonable efforts to sell, market, and promote PF582 in certain major markets. For PF530 and PF708, we will need to identify potential sales, marketing and distribution partners or establish our own internal sales force. In the future, we may choose to collaborate with other third parties that have direct sales forces and established distribution systems, either to augment our own sales force or in lieu of our own sales force. If we are unable to enter into such arrangements on acceptable terms or at all, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our product candidates. If we are not successful in commercializing our product candidates, either on our own or through collaborations with one or more third parties, our future product revenue will suffer and we would incur significant additional losses.

We enter into various contracts in the normal course of our business that periodically incorporate provisions whereby we indemnify the other party to the contract. In the event we would have to perform under these indemnification provisions, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.

In the normal course of business, we periodically enter into academic, commercial and consulting agreements that contain indemnification provisions. With respect to our academic agreements, we may be required to indemnify the institution and related parties from losses arising from claims relating to the products, processes or services made, used, sold or performed pursuant to the agreements for which we have secured licenses, and from claims arising from our or our sublicensees’ exercise of rights under the agreement. With respect to commercial agreements entered into with our protein production customers, we typically provide indemnification for claims from third parties arising out of any potential intellectual property infringement associated with our P f ēnex Expression Technology ® in the course of performing our services. With respect to our commercial agreements, the bulk of which are with contract manufacturers, we indemnify our vendors from third-party product liability claims which result from the production, use or consumption of the product, as well as for certain alleged infringements of any patent or other intellectual property right by a third party. With respect to consultants, we indemnify them from claims arising from the good faith performance of their services. In all of the above cases, we do not indemnify the parties for claims resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of the indemnified party.

We maintain insurance coverage which we believe will limit our obligations under these indemnification provisions. However, should our obligation under an indemnification provision exceed applicable insurance coverage or if we were denied insurance coverage, our business, financial position and results of operations could be adversely affected and the market value of our common stock could decline.

We may have difficulty managing our growth and expanding our operations successfully.

As we advance our product candidates through the development process, we will need to expand our development, regulatory, manufacturing, quality, sales and marketing capabilities or contract with other organizations to provide these capabilities for us. As our operations expand, we expect that we will need to manage additional relationships with various collaborative partners, suppliers and other organizations.

As of September 30, 2015, we had 47 full-time employees. Our management and personnel, systems and facilities currently in place may not be adequate to support this future growth. Therefore, we will need to continue to expand our managerial, operational, finance and other resources to manage our operations and clinical trials, continue our development activities and commercialize our product candidates, if approved. In order to effectively execute our growth strategy, we will be required to:

 

    manage our clinical trials effectively;

 

    identify, recruit, retain, incentivize and integrate additional employees;

 

    establish and maintain collaborations with third parties for the development and commercialization of our product candidates, or otherwise build and maintain a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure to commercialize any products for which we may obtain marketing approval;

 

    manage our internal development efforts effectively while carrying out our contractual obligations to third parties; and

 

    continue to improve our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures.

 

32


Table of Contents

Due to our limited financial resources and our limited experience in managing a company with such anticipated growth, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. In addition, this expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs and may divert our management and business development resources. Any inability to manage growth could delay the execution of our development and strategic objectives, or disrupt our operations, which could materially impact our business, revenue, and operating results.

The U.S. government holds certain intellectual property rights related to our Anthrax vaccine, Px563L and Malaria vaccine, Px533.

Although we have intellectual property related to expression of recombinant protective antigen in P. fluorescens , the U.S. government holds certain patents related to the recombinant protective antigen, as well as certain license rights to intellectual property related to other Px563L components used to produce the final vaccine. We have rights to utilize this intellectual property held by the U.S. government by virtue of the Authorization and Consent clauses of our contracts with the U.S. government.

Our contracts with the U.S. government, and our subcontracts with U.S. government contractors, require ongoing funding decisions by the U.S. government; reduced or discontinued funding of these contracts could cause our financial condition and operating results to suffer materially.

Development of our anthrax vaccine, Px563L, is funded by BARDA, and the development of our malaria vaccine, Px533, is funded by NIAID. The funding for government programs is subject to Congressional appropriations, often made on a fiscal year basis, even for programs designed to continue for several years. These appropriations can be subject to political considerations and stringent budgetary constraints. Additionally, our government-funded development contracts give the U.S. government the right, exercisable in its sole discretion, to extend this contract for successive option periods following a base period of performance. The value of the services to be performed during these option periods may constitute the majority of the total value of the underlying contract. If levels of government expenditures and authorizations for biodefense decrease or shift to programs in areas where we do not offer products or are not developing product candidates, or if the U.S. government otherwise declines to exercise its options under its contracts with us, our business, revenue and operating results would suffer.

Our current contracts with BARDA and NIAID are cost plus fixed-fee contracts and potential future contracts with the U.S. government may also be structured this way. Under our cost plus fixed-fee contract, we are allowed to recover our approved costs plus a fixed fee. The total price on a cost plus contract is based primarily on allowable costs incurred, but generally is subject to contract funding limitations. U.S. government regulations require us to notify our customer of any cost overruns or underruns on a cost plus contract. If we incur costs in excess of the funding limitation specified in the contract, we may not be able to recover those cost overruns.

Moreover, changes in U.S. government contracting policies could directly affect our financial performance. Factors that could materially adversely affect our U.S. government contracting business include:

 

    budgetary constraints affecting U.S. government spending generally, or specific departments or agencies in particular;

 

    changes in U.S. government fiscal policies or available funding;

 

    changes in U.S. government defense and homeland security priorities;

 

    changes in U.S. government programs or requirements;

 

    adoption of new laws or regulations;

 

    technological developments;

 

    U.S. government shutdowns, threatened shutdowns or budget delays;

 

    competition and consolidation in our industry; and

 

    general economic conditions.

These or other factors could cause U.S. government departments or agencies to reduce their development funding or future purchases under contracts, to exercise their right to terminate contracts or fail to exercise their options to extend our contracts, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results and ability to meet our financial obligations.

Unfavorable provisions in government contracts, some of which are customary, may subject our business to material limitations, restrictions and uncertainties and may have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and operating results.

 

33


Table of Contents

Government contracts contain provisions that give the U.S. government substantial rights and remedies, many of which are not typically found in commercial contracts, including provisions that allow the U.S. government to:

 

    terminate existing contracts, in whole or in part, for any reason or no reason;

 

    unilaterally reduce or modify the government’s obligations under such contracts or subcontracts, without the contractor’s consent, including by imposing equitable price adjustments;

 

    audit contract-related costs and fees, including allocated indirect costs;

 

    claim rights, including intellectual property rights, in products and data developed under such agreements;

 

    under certain circumstances involving public health and safety, license inventions made under such agreements to third parties;

 

    suspend the contractor from receiving new contracts pending resolution of alleged violations of procurement laws or regulations;

 

    impose U.S. manufacturing requirements for products that embody inventions conceived or first reduced to practice under such contracts;

 

    suspend or debar the contractor from doing future business with the government;

 

    decline to exercise an option to continue a contract;

 

    exercise an option to purchase only the minimum amount, if any, specified in a contract;

 

    decline to exercise an option to purchase the maximum amount, if any, specified in a contract;

 

    claim rights to facilities or to products, including intellectual property, developed under the contract;

 

    require repayment of contract funds spent on construction of facilities in the event of contract default;

 

    take actions that result in a longer development timeline than expected;

 

    change the course of a development program in a manner that differs from the contract’s original terms or from our desired development plan, including decisions regarding our partners in the program;

 

    pursue civil or criminal remedies under the False Claims Act, or FCA, and False Statements Act; and

 

    control or prohibit the export of products.

Generally, government contracts, including our contracts with BARDA and NIAID, contain provisions permitting unilateral termination or modification, in whole or in part, at the U.S. government’s convenience. Under general principles of government contracting law, if the U.S. government terminates a contract for convenience, the government contractor may recover only its incurred or committed costs, settlement expenses and profit on work completed prior to the termination. If the U.S. government terminates a contract for default, the government contractor is entitled to recover costs incurred and associated profits on accepted items only and may be liable for excess costs incurred by the government in procuring undelivered items from another source.

In addition, government contracts normally contain additional requirements that may increase our costs of doing business, reduce our profits, and expose us to liability for failure to comply with these terms and conditions. These requirements include, for example:

 

    specialized accounting systems unique to government contracts;

 

    mandatory financial audits and potential liability for price adjustments or recoupment of government funds after such funds have been spent;

 

    public disclosures of certain contract information, which may enable competitors to gain insights into our research program;

 

    mandatory internal control systems and policies; and

 

    mandatory socioeconomic compliance requirements, including labor standards, non-discrimination and affirmative action programs and environmental compliance requirements.

If we fail to maintain compliance with these requirements, we may be subject to potential contract or FCA liability and to termination of our contracts.

 

34


Table of Contents

Furthermore, we are required to enter into agreements and subcontracts with third parties, including suppliers, consultants and other third party contractors in order to satisfy our contractual obligations pursuant to our agreements with the United States government. Negotiating and entering into such arrangements can be time-consuming and we may not be able to reach agreement with such third parties. Any such agreement must also be compliant with the terms of our government contract. Any delay or inability to enter into such arrangements or entering into such arrangements in a manner that is non-compliant with the terms of our contract, may result in violations of our contract.

We may not have the right to prohibit the U.S. government from using certain technologies developed by us, and we may not be able to prohibit third party companies, including our competitors, from using those technologies in providing products and services to the U.S. government. The U.S. government generally takes the position that it has the right to royalty-free use of technologies that are developed under U.S. government contracts.

Most U.S. government contracts grant the U.S. government the right to use on a royalty free basis, for or on behalf of the U.S. government, any technologies developed and data first produced by the contractor under the government contract. If we were to develop technology under a contract with such a provision, we might not be able to prohibit third parties, including our competitors, from using that technology in providing products and services to the U.S. government.

Our business is subject to audit by the U.S. government and a negative audit could adversely affect our business.

U.S. government agencies such as the Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS, and the Defense Contract Audit Agency, or the DCAA, routinely audit and investigate government contractors and recipients of federal grants and contracts. These agencies review a contractor’s performance under its contracts, cost structure and compliance with applicable laws, regulations and standards.

The HHS and the DCAA also review the adequacy of, and a contractor’s compliance with, its internal control systems and policies, including the contractor’s accounting, purchasing, property, estimating, compensation and management information systems. Any costs found to be improperly allocated to a specific contract will not be reimbursed, while such costs already reimbursed must be refunded. If an audit uncovers improper or illegal activities, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including:

 

    termination of contracts;

 

    forfeiture of profits;

 

    suspension of payments;

 

    fines; and

 

    suspension or prohibition from conducting business with the U.S. government.

In addition, we could suffer serious reputational harm if allegations of impropriety were made against us, which could cause our stock price to decrease.

The United States government’s determination to award a future contract may be challenged by an interested party, such as another bidder, at the United States Government Accountability Office, or the GAO, or in federal court. If such a challenge is successful, any future contract we may be awarded may be terminated.

The laws and regulations governing the procurement of goods and services by the U.S. government provide procedures by which other bidders and interested parties may challenge the award of a government contract. If we are awarded a government contract, such challenges or protests could be filed even if there are not any valid legal grounds on which to base the protest. If any such protests are filed, the government agency may decide to suspend our performance under the contract while such protests are being considered by the GAO or the applicable federal court, thus potentially delaying delivery of payment. In addition, we could be forced to expend considerable funds to defend any potential award. If a protest is successful, the government may be ordered to terminate the contract and resolicit proposals. The government agencies with which we have contracts could even be directed to award a potential contract to one of the other bidders.

Laws and regulations affecting government contracts make it more costly and difficult for us to successfully conduct our business.

 

35


Table of Contents

We must comply with numerous laws and regulations relating to the formation, administration and performance of government contracts, which can make it more difficult for us to retain our rights under our government contracts, including our contracts with BARDA and NIAID. These laws and regulations affect how we conduct business with government agencies. Among the most significant government contracting regulations that affect our business are:

 

    the Federal Acquisition Regulations, or FAR, and agency-specific regulations supplemental to the FAR, which comprehensively regulate the procurement, formation, administration and performance of government contracts;

 

    the Truth in Negotiations Act, which requires certification and disclosure of cost or pricing data in connection with contract negotiations;

 

    business ethics and public integrity obligations, which govern conflicts of interest and the hiring of former government employees, restrict the granting of gratuities and funding of lobbying activities and include other requirements such as the Anti-Kickback Statute and Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;

 

    export and import control laws and regulations; and

 

    laws, regulations and executive orders restricting the use and dissemination of information classified for national security purposes and the exportation of certain products and technical data.

Any material changes in applicable laws and regulations could restrict our ability to maintain our existing BARDA and NIAID contracts and obtain new contracts, which could limit our ability to conduct our business and materially adversely affect our results of operations.

Agreements with government agencies may lead to claims against us under the Federal False Claims Act, and these claims could result in substantial fines and other penalties.

The biopharmaceutical industry is, and in recent years has been, under heightened scrutiny as the subject of government investigations and enforcement actions. Our government contracts are subject to substantial financial penalties under the Federal Civil Monetary Penalties Act and the FCA. Under the FCA’s “whistleblower” provisions, private enforcement of fraud claims against businesses on behalf of the U.S. government has increased due in part to amendments to the FCA that encourage private individuals to sue on behalf of the government. These whistleblower suits, known as qui tam actions, may be filed by private individuals, including present and former employees. The FCA statute provides for treble damages and up to $11,000 per false claim. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws, or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Any penalties, damages, fines, exclusions, curtailment, or restructuring of our operations could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.

If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit commercialization of any future products we develop.

We face a risk of product liability as a result of the clinical testing of our product candidates and will face an even greater risk if we commercialize any products. For example, we may incur liability if any product we develop allegedly causes injury or is found to be otherwise unsuitable during product testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability and a breach of warranties. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization of our products. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

    decreased demand for PF582, PF530, PF708 or any future product candidates or products we develop;

 

    injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;

 

    withdrawal of clinical trial participants or cancellation of clinical trials;

 

    costs to defend the related litigation;

 

    a diversion of management’s time and our resources;

 

    substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

 

    regulatory investigations, product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

 

    loss of revenue; and

 

    the inability to commercialize any products we develop.

Our inability to obtain and maintain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost and scope of coverage to protect against potential product liability claims could impact the commercialization of PF582, PF530, PF708 and any future products we develop. We currently carry product liability insurance covering our clinical trials in the amount of $7.0 million in the aggregate. Although we maintain such insurance, any claim that may be brought against us could result in a court judgment or settlement that is in excess of the limits of our insurance coverage. Our insurance policies also have various exclusions and deductibles, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have no coverage. We will have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts. Moreover, in the future, we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in sufficient amounts to protect us against losses. If and when we obtain approval for marketing PF582, PF530, PF708 or any other product candidates, we intend to expand our insurance coverage to include the sale of such products; however, we may be unable to obtain this liability insurance on commercially reasonable terms.

 

36


Table of Contents

Our employees, independent contractors, principal investigators, CROs, consultants and collaborators may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements and insider trading.

We are exposed to the risk that our employees, independent contractors, principal investigators, third-party clinical research organizations, or CROs, consultants and collaborators may engage in fraudulent conduct or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or unauthorized activities that violate: (1) regulations of the FDA and comparable foreign authorities, including those laws requiring the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to such authorities; (2) manufacturing standards; (3) federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations; or (4) laws that require the reporting of true and accurate financial information and data. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. These activities also include the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. We have adopted a Code of Ethics and Conduct, but it is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by employees and other third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business including the imposition of significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.

Our cash and cash equivalents and short term investments could be adversely affected if the financial institutions in which we hold our cash and cash equivalents and short term investments fail.

We regularly maintain cash balances at third-party financial institutions in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, insurance limit. While we monitor the cash balances in our accounts and adjust the balances as appropriate, these balances could be impacted, and there could be a material adverse effect on our business, if one or more of the financial institutions with which we deposit fails or is subject to other adverse conditions in the financial or credit markets. To date, we have experienced no loss or lack of access to our invested cash or cash equivalents; however, we can provide no assurance that access to our invested cash and cash equivalents will not be impacted by adverse conditions in the financial and credit markets.

Our business involves the use of hazardous materials and we, our collaboration partners, and our third party manufacturers and suppliers must comply with environmental laws and regulations, which can be expensive and restrict how we do business.

Our research and development and manufacturing activities and our third party manufacturers’ and suppliers’ activities involve the controlled storage, use and disposal of hazardous materials owned by us, including small quantities of acetonitrile, methanol, ethanol, ethidium bromide and compressed gases, and other hazardous compounds. We and our collaboration partners, manufacturers and suppliers are subject to laws and regulations governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these hazardous materials. In some cases, these hazardous materials and various wastes resulting from their use are stored at our and our manufacturers’ facilities pending their use and disposal. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination, which could cause an interruption of our commercialization efforts, research and development efforts and business operations, environmental damage resulting in costly clean-up and liabilities under applicable laws and regulations governing the use, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and specified waste products. Although we believe that the safety procedures utilized by us and our third party manufacturers for handling and disposing of these materials generally comply with the standards prescribed by these laws and regulations, we cannot guarantee that this is the case or eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials. In such an event, we may be held liable for any resulting damages and such liability could exceed our resources and state or federal or other applicable authorities may curtail our use of certain materials and interrupt our business operations.

We are also subject to numerous environmental, health and workplace safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures, and the handling of biohazardous materials. Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of these materials, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. For claims not covered by workers’ compensation insurance, we also maintain an employer’s liability insurance policy in the amount of $1.0 million per occurrence and in the aggregate. We do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us.

Environmental laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent. We cannot predict the impact of such changes and cannot be certain of our future compliance. Any inability to comply with environmental laws and regulations may adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

37


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to our Reliance on Third Parties

We are substantially dependent on the expertise of Pfizer and Strides Arcolab to develop and commercialize some of our product candidates. If we fail to maintain our current strategic relationship with Pfizer and Strides Arcolab, our business, commercialization prospects and financial condition may be materially adversely affected.

Because we have limited or no capabilities for late-stage product development, manufacturing, sales, marketing and distribution, we may need to enter into alliances with other companies to develop our product candidates. For example, we have entered into agreements with Pfizer and Strides Arcolab, pursuant to which we will transfer the development, manufacture and commercialization of some of our products.

Under the terms of the collaboration agreement, Pfizer received exclusive licenses and rights and assumed responsibility for the manufacturing and commercialization of PF582, and is obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to manufacture and commercialize PF582 in certain major markets globally. In consideration for the exclusive license and other rights contained in the collaboration agreement, we are eligible to receive up to $342 million in one-time payments, including a non-refundable payment of $51 million, which we received in March of 2015 upon receipt of antitrust approval, and up to $291 million upon the successful achievement of certain pre-commercial and commercial milestones, and double digit escalating royalties on annual sales of PF582. We will share the comparative clinical study costs with our share capped at $20 million, $10 million of which will be setoff as a credit against royalties payable to us unless the collaboration agreement is terminated prior to such setoff. We will also share the costs of seeking regulatory approval of PF582 and a certain portion of other costs that are related to PF582 and that may begin after any filings for regulatory approval of PF582 would be made. The collaboration agreement also includes an obligation for each of us and Pfizer to offer the other an opportunity to co-develop any other ophthalmic biological product that inhibits vascular endothelial growth factor A, or VEGF-A. The collaboration agreement permits either party to terminate the agreement for the other party’s uncured material breach or for certain insolvency events. In addition, Pfizer may terminate the collaboration agreement upon the occurrence of certain clinical or regulatory events. If the collaboration agreement terminates, then the license granted to Pfizer would end, and the licensed rights to PF582 would revert to us, subject to Pfizer’s right to sell its remaining inventory over a certain period.

For the products included in the Joint Development License Agreement, or JDLA, Strides Arcolab is responsible for development expenses up to Phase 3, at which time we will share in expenses and revenue going forward. Additionally, we will transfer the development, manufacture and commercialization of the products to a joint venture company jointly owned by us and Strides Arcolab upon completion of Phase 1 trials.

The prospects for the product candidates depend on the expertise, development and commercial skills, and financial strength of Pfizer and Strides Arcolab. Our collaborations with Pfizer or Strides Arcolab may not be successful, and we may not realize the expected benefits from such collaborations, due to a number of important factors, including but not limited to the following:

 

    Pfizer or Strides Arcolab may terminate their agreements with us prior to completing development or commercialization of our product candidates, in whole or in part, adversely impacting our potential approval and revenue from licensed products;

 

    the timing and amount of any payments we may receive under these agreements will depend on, among other things, the efforts, allocation of resources, and successful commercialization of the relevant product candidates by Pfizer or Strides Arcolab, as applicable, under our agreements;

 

    the timing and amounts of expense reimbursement that we may receive are uncertain; or

 

    Pfizer or Strides Arcolab may change the focus of their development or commercialization efforts or pursue or emphasize higher-priority programs.

A failure of Pfizer or Strides Arcolab to successfully develop our product candidates which are covered by the collaboration, or commercialize such product candidates, or the termination of our agreement with Pfizer or Strides Arcolab, as applicable, may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our existing product development and/or commercialization arrangements, and any that we may enter into in the future, may not be successful, which could adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates.

We are a party to, and continue to seek additional, collaboration arrangements with other pharmaceutical companies for the development and/or commercialization of our current and future product candidates. In such alliances, we would expect our collaboration partners to provide substantial capabilities in clinical development, manufacturing, regulatory affairs, sales and marketing, both in the United States and internationally.

 

38


Table of Contents

To the extent that we decide to enter into collaboration agreements, we will face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaboration partners. Any failure to meet our clinical milestones with respect to an unpartnered product candidate would make finding a collaboration partner more difficult. Moreover, collaboration arrangements are complex and time consuming to negotiate, document and implement, and we cannot guarantee that we can successfully maintain such relationships or that the terms of such arrangements will be favorable to us. If we fail to establish and implement collaboration or other alternative arrangements, the value of our business and operating results will be adversely affected.

We may not be successful in our efforts to establish, implement and maintain collaborations or other alternative arrangements if we choose to enter into such arrangements. The terms of any collaboration or other arrangements that we may establish may not be favorable to us. The management of collaborations may take significant time and resources that distract our management from other matters. Our ability to successfully collaborate with any future collaboration partners may be impaired by multiple factors including:

 

    a collaboration partner may shift its priorities and resources away from our programs due to a change in business strategies, or a merger, acquisition, sale or downsizing of its company or business unit;

 

    a collaboration partner may cease development in therapeutic areas which are the subject of alliances with us;

 

    a collaboration partner may change the success criteria for a particular program or product candidate thereby delaying or ceasing development of such program or candidate;

 

    a significant delay in initiation of certain development activities by a collaboration partner will also delay payments tied to such activities, thereby impacting our ability to fund our own activities;

 

    a collaboration partner could develop a product that competes, either directly or indirectly, with our current or future products, if any;

 

    a collaboration partner with commercialization obligations may not commit sufficient financial or human resources to the marketing, distribution or sale of a product;

 

    a collaboration partner with manufacturing responsibilities may encounter regulatory, resource or quality issues and be unable to meet demand requirements;

 

    a collaboration partner may exercise its rights under the agreement to terminate our collaboration;

 

    a dispute may arise between us and a collaboration partner concerning the research or development of a product candidate or commercialization of a product resulting in a delay in milestones, royalty payments or termination of a program and possibly resulting in costly litigation or arbitration which may divert management attention and resources;

 

    the results of our clinical trials may not match our collaboration partners’ expectations, even if statistically significant;

 

    a collaboration partner may not adequately protect or enforce the intellectual property rights associated with a product or product candidate; and

 

    a collaboration partner may use our proprietary information or intellectual property in such a way as to invite litigation from a third party.

Any such activities by our current or future collaboration partners could adversely affect us financially and could harm our business reputation.

In addition to product development and commercialization capabilities, we may depend on our alliances with other companies to provide substantial additional funding for development and potential commercialization of our product candidates. We may not be able to obtain funding on favorable terms from these alliances, and if we are not successful in doing so, we may not have sufficient funds to develop a particular product candidate internally, or to bring product candidates to market. Failure to bring our product candidates to market will prevent us from generating sales revenue, and this may substantially harm our business. Furthermore, any delay in entering into these alliances could delay the development and commercialization of our product candidates and reduce their competitiveness even if they reach the market. As a result, our business and operating results may be adversely affected.

 

39


Table of Contents

We rely on CROs to conduct and oversee our planned clinical trials for our product candidates and other clinical trials for product candidates we are developing or may develop in the future. If our CROs do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, meet expected deadlines, or otherwise conduct the trials as required or comply with regulatory requirements, we and our collaboration partners may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our product candidates when expected or at all, and our business could be substantially harmed.

We will continue to rely upon medical institutions, clinical investigators and contract laboratories to conduct our trials in accordance with our clinical protocols and in accordance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements. These third parties play a significant role in the conduct of these trials and the subsequent collection and analysis of data from the clinical trials. These third parties are not our employees, and except for remedies available to us under our agreements with such third parties, there is no guarantee that any such third party will devote adequate time and resources to our clinical trial. If our CRO or any other third parties upon which we rely for administration and conduct of our clinical trials do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols, regulatory requirements, or for other reasons, or if they otherwise perform in a substandard manner, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed, suspended or terminated, and we may not be able to complete development of, obtain regulatory approval for, or successfully commercialize our product candidates. We plan to rely heavily on these third parties for the execution of clinical trials for products we are developing or may develop in the future, and will control only certain aspects of their activities. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol, legal, regulatory and scientific standards, and our reliance on our CRO does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities.

We, our CRO and our collaborators are required to comply with Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, which are regulations and guidelines enforced by regulatory authorities around the world for products in clinical development. Regulatory authorities enforce these GCP regulations through periodic inspections of clinical trial sponsors, principal investigators and clinical trial sites. If we, our CRO or our collaborators fail to comply with applicable GCP regulations, the clinical data generated in clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and submission of marketing applications may be delayed or the regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving marketing applications. We cannot assure that, upon inspection, a regulatory authority will determine that any of our clinical trials comply or complied with applicable GCP regulations. In addition, clinical trials must be conducted with product produced under current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, regulations, which are enforced by regulatory authorities. Any failure to comply with these regulations may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process. Moreover, our business may be implicated if our CRO violates federal or state fraud and abuse or false claims laws and regulations or healthcare privacy and security laws.

Phase 3 trials, such as the trial planned for PF582, require a substantial number of patients that can allow statistically significant results. Delays in site initiation or unexpectedly low patient enrollment rates may delay the results of the clinical trial. CROs may also generate higher costs than anticipated. As a result, our results of operations and the commercial prospects for our product candidates would be harmed, our costs could increase, and our ability to generate revenue could be delayed. Further, if our relationship with our CRO is terminated, we may be unable to enter into arrangements with an alternative CRO on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Switching or adding CROs can involve substantial cost and require extensive management time and focus. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new CRO commences work. As a result, delays may occur, which can materially impact our ability to meet our desired clinical development timelines. Although we carefully manage our relationship with our CROs, there can be no assurance that we will not encounter such challenges or delays in the future or that these delays or challenges will not have a material adverse impact on our business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.

We rely on third parties, and in some cases a single third-party, to manufacture nonclinical and clinical supplies of our product candidates and to store critical components of our product candidates for us. Our business could be harmed if those third parties fail to provide us with sufficient quantities of product candidates, or fail to do so at acceptable quality levels or prices.

We do not currently have the infrastructure or capability internally to manufacture supplies of our product candidates for use in clinical studies, and we lack the resources and the capability to manufacture any of our product candidates on a clinical or commercial scale. We rely on third party manufacturers, including our collaboration partners, Pfizer and Strides Arcolab, to manufacture our product candidates for preclinical and clinical studies. Successfully transferring complicated manufacturing techniques to manufacturing organizations and scaling up these techniques for commercial quantities will be time consuming and we may not be able to achieve such transfer. Moreover, the market for contract manufacturing services for protein therapeutics is highly cyclical, with periods of relatively abundant capacity alternating with periods in which there is little available capacity. If our need for contract manufacturing services increases during a period of industry-wide production capacity shortage, we may not be able to produce our product candidates on a timely basis or on commercially viable terms. Although we generally do not begin a clinical study unless we believe we have a sufficient supply of a product candidate to complete such study, any significant delay or discontinuation in the supply of a product candidate for an ongoing clinical study due to the need to replace a third-party manufacturer could considerably delay completion of our clinical studies, product testing, and potential regulatory approval of our product candidates, which could harm our business and results of operations.

 

40


Table of Contents

Reliance on third party manufacturers entails additional risks, including reliance on the third party for regulatory compliance and quality assurance, the possible breach of the manufacturing agreement by the third party, and the possible termination or nonrenewal of the agreement by the third party at a time that is costly or inconvenient for us. In addition, third party manufacturers may not be able to comply with cGMP, or similar regulatory requirements outside the United States. Our failure, or the failure of our third party manufacturers, to comply with applicable regulations could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including fines, injunctions, civil penalties, delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, license revocation, seizures or recalls of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which could significantly and adversely affect supplies of our product candidates or any other product candidates or products that we may develop. Any failure or refusal to supply the components for our product candidates that are being developed could delay, prevent or impair clinical development or commercialization efforts. If our manufacturers were to breach or terminate their manufacturing arrangements with us, the development or commercialization of the affected products or product candidates could be delayed, which could have an adverse effect on our business. Any change in our manufacturers could be costly because the commercial terms of any new arrangement could be less favorable and because the expenses relating to the transfer of necessary technology and processes could be significant.

If any of our product candidates are approved, in order to produce the quantities necessary to meet anticipated market demand, any manufacturer that we engage may need to increase manufacturing capacity. If we or our manufacturers are unable to produce our product candidates in sufficient quantities to meet the requirements for the launch of these products or to meet future demand, our revenue and gross margins could be adversely affected. Although we believe that we and our manufacturers will not have any material supply issues, we cannot be certain that we will be able to obtain long-term supply arrangements for our product candidates or materials used to produce them on acceptable terms, if at all. If we are unable to arrange for third-party manufacturing, or to do so on commercially reasonable terms, we may not be able to complete development of our products or market them.

We also rely on third parties to store the PF582, PF530 and PF708 master and working cell banks. We have one master cell bank and one working cell bank and believe we would have adequate backup should any cell bank be lost in a catastrophic event. However, it is possible that we could lose multiple cell banks and have our manufacturing severely impacted by the need to replace the cell banks, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on third party suppliers, and in some instances a single third-party supplier, for the manufacture and supply of certain materials in our protein production services, and these suppliers could cease to manufacture the materials, go out of business or otherwise not perform as anticipated.

We rely on third party suppliers for our protein production services and in some instances a single third-party supplier, for the manufacture and supply of certain materials. We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on a single-source supplier for the manufacture and supply of CRM197. To meet these demands, our supplier is in the process of increasing production capacity, and we also have established a repository in the United States that is capable of storing a safety supply of CRM197 and the CRM197 cell bank. Furthermore, we have taken steps to identify alternate sources of supply sufficient to support future needs; however, there may be delays in switching to these alternative suppliers if our contract with primary sources are terminated without notice. Regardless of the foregoing alternative measures, we cannot guarantee that we will have an adequate supply of CRM197. If we are unable to secure adequate quantities of CRM197 from our primary supplier, from potential secondary suppliers or from our safety supply, we may be required to identify additional suppliers. If we are required to engage additional suppliers, we may not be able to enter into an alternative supply arrangement on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Even if we are able to identify additional suppliers and enter into agreements on commercially reasonable terms, we may incur delays associated with identifying and qualifying additional suppliers and negotiating the terms of any supply contracts. These delays could adversely impact our business and negatively affect profitability of our protein production services.

We have entered into collaborations with third parties in connection with the development of certain of our product candidates. Even if we believe that the development of our technology and product candidates is promising, our partners may choose not to proceed with such development.

Our existing agreements with our collaboration partners, including our agreements with Pfizer and Strides Arcolab, are generally subject to termination by the counterparty on short notice upon the occurrence of certain circumstances. Accordingly, even if we believe that the development of product candidates are worth pursuing, our partners may choose not to continue with such development. If any of our collaborations are terminated, we may be required to devote additional resources to the development of our product candidates or seek a new collaboration partner on short notice, and the terms of any additional collaboration or other arrangements that we establish may not be favorable to us.

 

41


Table of Contents

We are also at risk that our collaborations or other arrangements may not be successful. Factors that may affect the success of our collaborations include the following:

 

    our collaboration partners may incur financial and cash-flow difficulties that force them to limit or reduce their participation in our joint projects;

 

    our collaboration partners may be pursuing alternative technologies or developing alternative products that are competitive to our technology and products, either on their own or in partnership with others;

 

    our collaboration partners may terminate their collaboration with us, which could make it difficult for us to attract new partners or adversely affect perception of us in the business and financial communities; and

 

    our collaboration partners may pursue higher priority programs or change the focus of their development programs, which could affect their commitment to us.

If we cannot maintain successful collaborations, our business, financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected.

If we are unable to maintain our commercial supply agreements with key customers purchasing CRM197 or if third party distributors of our reagent proteins fail to perform as expected, sales revenue could decline.

We primarily sell CRM197 directly to biopharmaceutical companies and currently have several commercial supply agreements in place for long-term supply of CRM197. To establish and maintain relationships with customers, we believe we need to maintain adequate supplies of CRM197, remain price competitive, comply with regulatory regulations and provide high-quality products. If we are unable to establish and maintain arrangements for the sale of CRM197, our revenue and profits would decline.

Although we sell our protein reagents through multiple sales channels, including our ecommerce website, we also sell our protein reagents to some of our customers through third-party distributors. Many of such third parties also market and sell products from our competitors. Our third-party distributors may terminate their relationships with us at any time, or with short notice. Our future performance will also depend, in part, on our ability to attract additional third-party distributors that will be able to market protein reagents effectively, especially in markets in which we have not previously distributed our protein reagents. If our current third-party distributors fail to perform as expected, our revenue and results of operations could be harmed.

Risks Relating to Our Intellectual Property

Our collaboration partners may assert ownership or commercial rights to inventions we develop from our use of the materials which they provide to us, or otherwise arising from our collaboration.

We collaborate with several institutions with respect to research and development matters. Also, we rely on numerous third parties to provide us with materials that we use to develop our technology. If we cannot successfully negotiate sufficient ownership, licensing and/or commercial rights to any inventions that result from our use of any third party collaborator’s materials, or if disputes arise with respect to the intellectual property developed with the use of a collaborator’s materials, or data developed in a collaborator’s study, our ability to capitalize on the market potential of these inventions or developments may be limited or precluded altogether.

If our efforts to protect our intellectual property related to our platform technology and our current or future product candidates are not adequate, we may not be able to compete effectively in our market.

We rely upon a combination of patents, trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect the intellectual property related to our current product candidates and our development programs. If we do not adequately protect our intellectual property, competitors may be able to use our technologies and erode or negate any competitive advantage we may have, which could harm our business and ability to achieve profitability. In particular, our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection in the United States and other countries with respect to our platform and product candidates. However, we may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. We may also fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development before it is too late to obtain patent protection. Any disclosure to or misappropriation by third parties of our confidential proprietary information could enable competitors to quickly duplicate or surpass our technological achievements, eroding our competitive position in our market.

The patentability of inventions, and the validity, enforceability and scope of patents in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industry involve complex legal and scientific questions and can be uncertain. This uncertainty includes changes to the patent laws through either legislative action to change statutory patent law or court action that may reinterpret existing law in ways affecting the scope or validity of issued patents. The patent applications that we own or license may fail to result in issued patents in the

 

42


Table of Contents

United States or foreign countries. There is a substantial amount of prior art in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical fields, including scientific publications, patents and patent applications. Our ability to obtain and maintain valid and enforceable patents depends on whether the differences between our technology and the prior art allow our technology to be patentable over the prior art. We may be unaware of certain prior art relating to our patent applications and patents, which could prevent a patent from issuing from a pending patent application, or result in an issued patent being invalidated. Even if the patents do successfully issue, third parties may challenge the validity, enforceability or scope of such issued patents or any other issued patents we own or license, which may result in such patents being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable.

Patents granted by the European Patent Office may be opposed by any person within nine months from the publication of their grant and, in addition, may be challenged before national courts at any time. Furthermore, even if they are unchallenged, our patents and patent applications may not adequately protect our intellectual property or prevent others from designing around our claims. If the breadth or strength of protection provided by the patents and patent applications we hold, license or pursue with respect to our product candidates is threatened, it could threaten our ability to commercialize our product candidates. In addition, recent changes to the patent laws of the United States provide additional procedures for third parties to challenge the validity of issued patents based on patent applications filed after March 15, 2013. If the breadth or strength of protection provided by the patents and patent applications we hold or pursue with respect to our current or future product candidates is challenged, then it could threaten our ability to commercialize our current or future product candidates, and could threaten our ability to prevent competitive products from being marketed. Further, if we encounter delays in our clinical trials, the period of time during which we could market our current or future product candidates under patent protection would be reduced. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing, we cannot be certain that we were the first to either (i) file any patent application related to our product candidates or (ii) invent any of the inventions claimed in our patents or patent applications. Furthermore, for applications filed before March 16, 2013, or patents issuing from such applications, an interference proceeding can be provoked by a third party, or instituted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, to determine who was the first to invent any of the subject matter covered by the patent claims of our applications and patents. As of March 16, 2013, the United States transitioned to a “first-to-file” system for deciding which party should be granted a patent when two or more patent applications are filed by different parties claiming the same invention. A third party that files a patent application in the USPTO before us could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we had made the invention before it was made by the third party.

The change to “first-to-file” from “first-to-invent” is one of the changes to the patent laws of the United States resulting from the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, signed into law on September 16, 2011. Among some of the other significant changes to the patent laws are changes that limit where a patentee may file a patent infringement suit and provide opportunities for third parties to challenge any issued patent in the USPTO. It is not yet clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business. However, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Even where laws provide protection, costly and time-consuming litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights, and the outcome of such litigation would be uncertain. Moreover, any actions we may bring to enforce our intellectual property against our competitors could provoke them to bring counterclaims against us, and some of our competitors have substantially greater intellectual property portfolios than we have.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, the value of our technology could be materially adversely affected and our business would be harmed.

In addition to the protection afforded by patents, we also rely on trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect proprietary know-how that may not be patentable, processes for which patents may be difficult to obtain or enforce and any other elements of our product development processes that involve proprietary know-how, information or technology that is not covered by patents.

As part of our efforts to protect our trade secrets and other confidential information, we require our employees, consultants, collaborators and advisors to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of their relationships with us. These agreements require that all confidential information developed by the individual or made known to the individual by us during the course of the individual’s relationship with us be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties. These agreements, however, may not provide us with adequate protection against improper use or disclosure of confidential information, and these agreements may be breached. Adequate remedies may not exist in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information. We also note in this respect that trade secret protection in foreign countries may not provide protection to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. A breach of confidentiality could significantly affect our competitive position. In addition, in some situations, these agreements may conflict with, or be subject to, the rights of third parties with whom our employees, consultants, collaborators or advisors have previous employment or consulting relationships. To the extent that our employees, consultants or

 

43


Table of Contents

contractors use any intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in any related or resulting know-how and inventions. Also, third parties, including our competitors, may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and technologies or otherwise lawfully gain access to our trade secrets and other confidential information. In such a case, we would have no right to prevent such third parties from using such proprietary information or technologies to compete with us, which could harm our competitive position.

If we infringe or are alleged to infringe intellectual property rights of third parties, our business could be harmed.

Our research, development and commercialization activities may infringe or otherwise violate or be claimed to infringe or otherwise violate patents owned or controlled by other parties. Our competitors have developed large portfolios of patents and patent applications in fields relating to our business and it may not always be clear to industry participants, including us, which patents cover various types of products or methods of use. There may also be patent applications that have been filed but not published that, when issued as patents, could be asserted against us. The coverage of patents is subject to interpretation by the courts, and the interpretation is not always uniform. If we are sued for patent infringement, we would need to demonstrate that our product candidates, products or methods either do not infringe the patent claims of the relevant patent or that the patent claims are invalid, and we may not be able to do this. Proving that a patent is invalid is difficult. For example, in the United States, proving invalidity requires a showing of clear and convincing evidence to overcome the presumption of validity enjoyed by issued patents. Also in proceedings before courts in Europe, the burden of proving invalidity of the patent usually rests on the party alleging invalidity. Third parties could bring claims against us that would cause us to incur substantial expenses and, if successful against us, could cause us to pay substantial damages. Further, if a patent infringement suit were brought against us, we could be forced to stop or delay research, development, manufacturing or sales of the product or product candidate that is the subject of the suit.

As a result of patent infringement claims, or to avoid potential claims, we may choose or be required to seek licenses from third parties. These licenses may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Even if we are able to obtain a license, the license would likely obligate us to pay license fees or royalties or both, and the rights granted to us might be nonexclusive, which could result in our competitors gaining access to the same intellectual property. Ultimately, we could be prevented from commercializing a product, or be forced to cease some aspect of our business operations, if, as a result of actual or threatened patent infringement claims, we are unable to enter into licenses on acceptable terms.

There has been substantial litigation and other proceedings regarding patent and other intellectual property rights in the pharmaceutical industry. In addition to infringement claims against us, we may become a party to other patent litigation and other proceedings, including interference, derivation or post-grant proceedings declared or granted by the USPTO and similar proceedings in foreign countries, regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our current or future products. Third parties may submit applications for patent term extensions in the United States and/or supplementary protection certificates in the European Union member States seeking to extend certain patent protection which, if approved, may interfere with or delay the launch of one or more of our biosimilar or vaccine products. The cost to us of any patent litigation or other proceeding, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their substantially greater financial resources. Patent litigation and other proceedings may also absorb significant management time. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could impair our ability to compete in the marketplace. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our inventions, patents or other intellectual property or the patents of our licensors, which could be expensive and time consuming.

Competitors may infringe our intellectual property, including our patents or the patents of our licensors. In addition, one or more of our third party collaborators may have submitted, or may in the future submit, a patent application to the USPTO without naming a lawful inventor that developed the subject matter in whole or in part while under an obligation to execute an assignment of rights to us. As a result, we may be required to file infringement or inventorship claims to stop third party infringement, unauthorized use, or to correct inventorship. This can be expensive, particularly for a company of our size, and time-consuming. Any claims that we assert against perceived infringers could also provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their intellectual property rights. In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is not valid or is unenforceable, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patent claims do not cover its technology or that the factors necessary to grant an injunction against an infringer are not satisfied.

An adverse determination of any litigation or other proceedings could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated, held unenforceable or interpreted narrowly and could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing.

 

44


Table of Contents

Interference, derivation or other proceedings brought at the USPTO or any foreign patent authority may be necessary to determine the priority or patentability of inventions with respect to our patent applications or those of our licensors or collaborators. Litigation or USPTO proceedings brought by us may fail. An unfavorable outcome in any such proceedings could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party, or could cause us to lose valuable intellectual property rights. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms, if any license is offered at all. Even if we are successful, domestic or foreign litigation or USPTO or foreign patent office proceedings may result in substantial costs and distraction to our management. We may not be able, alone or with our licensors or collaborators, to prevent misappropriation of our trade secrets, confidential information or proprietary rights, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect such rights as fully as in the United States.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation or other proceedings, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation or proceedings. In addition, during the course of this kind of litigation or proceedings, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments or public access to related documents. If investors perceive these results to be negative, the market price for our common stock could be significantly harmed.

We may not be able to globally protect our intellectual property rights.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States and in some cases may even force us to grant a compulsory license to competitors or other third parties. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biopharmaceuticals, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

In addition, our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights may be adversely affected by unforeseen changes in domestic and foreign intellectual property laws.

Obtaining and maintaining patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and/or applications will be due to be paid to the USPTO and various governmental patent agencies outside of the United States in several stages over the lifetime of the patents and/or applications. The USPTO and various non-U.S. governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. In many cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. However, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, our competitors might be able to use our technologies and this circumstance would have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

45


Table of Contents

We may be subject to claims that our employees or consultants have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of former or other employers.

Many of our employees and consultants, including our senior management, have been employed or retained by other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees and consultants do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these employees or consultants have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such employee’s or consultant’s former or other employer. We are not aware of any material threatened or pending claims related to these matters, but in the future litigation may be necessary to defend against such claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

Risks Related to Government Regulation

The approval processes of the FDA, EMA, and comparable foreign authorities are lengthy, time consuming and inherently unpredictable, and if we and our collaborators are ultimately unable to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, our business will be substantially harmed.

The research, development, testing, manufacturing, labeling, packaging, approval, promotion, advertising, storage, marketing, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, and export and import of drug and biologic products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory authorities in the United States, by the EMA and EEA Competent Authorities in the EEA, and by other regulatory authorities in other countries, which regulations differ from country to country. Neither we nor any collaboration partner is permitted to market PF582, PF530, PF708 or any future product candidates in the United States until approval from the FDA is received, or in the EEA until we receive EU Commission or EEA Competent Authority approvals are received. The time required to obtain approval from regulatory authorities is unpredictable, typically takes many years following the commencement of clinical trials, and depends upon numerous factors, including the substantial discretion of such regulatory authorities. In addition, approval policies, regulations, or the type and amount of clinical data necessary to gain approval may change during the course of a product candidate’s clinical development and may vary among jurisdictions, which may cause delays in the approval or the decision not to approve an application. We and our collaboration partners have not obtained regulatory approval for any product candidate and it is possible that none of our existing product candidates or any product candidates we may seek to develop in the future will ever obtain regulatory approval.

Applications for our product candidates could fail to receive regulatory approval for many reasons, including but not limited to the following:

 

    the data collected from clinical studies of our product candidates may not be sufficient to support the submission of an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA, a biologics license application, or BLA, a biosimilar product application under the 351(k) pathway of the PHSA, a biosimilar marketing authorization under Article 6 of Regulation (EC) No. 726/2004 and/or Article 10(4) of Directive 2001/83/EC in the EEA, or other submission or to obtain regulatory approval in the United States, the EEA, or elsewhere;

 

    regulatory authorities may disagree with the design or implementation of our clinical trials and may, at any time, determine that the regulatory pathway that we have committed to for PF582, PF530, PF708 or any future product candidate is inappropriate;

 

    the population studied in the clinical program may not be sufficiently broad or representative to assure safety in the full population for which we seek approval;

 

    regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

    we may be unable to demonstrate to the satisfaction of regulatory authorities that a product candidate’s risk-benefit ratio for its proposed indication is acceptable;

 

    regulatory authorities may fail to approve the manufacturing processes, test procedures and specifications, or facilities of third-party manufacturers with whom we contract for clinical and commercial supplies; and

 

    the approval policies or regulations of regulatory authorities may significantly change in a manner that renders our clinical data insufficient for approval.

This lengthy approval process as well as the unpredictability of future clinical trial results may result in our failing to obtain regulatory approval to market PF582, PF530, PF708 or any other product candidates, which would significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects. Moreover, any delays in the commencement or completion of clinical testing could significantly impact our product development costs and could result in the need for additional financing.

 

46


Table of Contents

In addition, even if we or our collaborators were to obtain approval, regulatory authorities may approve any of our product candidates for fewer or more limited indications than requested, may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly post-marketing clinical trials, or may approve a product candidate with a label that does not include the labeling claims necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of that product candidate. Any of the foregoing scenarios could materially harm the commercial prospects for our product candidates.

If we or our collaborators fail to obtain approval for our three most advanced product candidates or if our three most advanced product candidates are not commercially successful, we may have to curtail our product development programs and our business would be materially harmed.

We have invested a significant portion of our time, financial resources and efforts in the development of our three most advanced product candidates, PF582, PF530 and PF708. The clinical and commercial success of our product candidates will depend on a number of factors, including the following:

 

    timely completion of preclinical studies and all necessary clinical trials, including our Phase 3 trial for PF582, our Phase 1 study for PF530, and our bioequivalence study for PF708, which may be significantly slower or cost more than we currently anticipate and will depend substantially upon the accurate and satisfactory performance of third party contractors, including our collaborators;

 

    timely receipt of necessary marketing approvals from the FDA, the EU Commission, and similar foreign regulatory authorities;

 

    maintaining an acceptable safety and adverse event profile of our products following approval;

 

    achieving and maintaining compliance with all regulatory requirements applicable to our product candidates or any approved products;

 

    making arrangements with third party manufacturers for, or establishing, commercial manufacturing capabilities;

 

    launching commercial sales of our products, if and when approved, whether alone or in collaboration with others;

 

    obtaining and maintaining patent and trade secret protection and regulatory exclusivity, where available, for our product candidates;

 

    the availability, perceived advantages, relative cost, relative safety and relative efficacy of alternative and competing treatments;

 

    acceptance of our products, if and when approved, by patients, the medical community and third party payors; and

 

    the ability to raise additional capital on acceptable terms to achieve our goals.

If we and our collaboration partners are unable to obtain regulatory approval for one or both of these product candidates in a timely manner or at all, we may never realize revenue from these products and we may have to curtail our other product development programs. As a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially harmed.

Our ability to market our products in the United States may be significantly delayed or prevented by the BPCIA patent dispute resolution mechanism.

The Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, Title VII, Subtitle A of the Patent Protection and Affordable Care Act, Pub.L.No.111-148, 124 Stat.119, Sections 7001-02 signed into law March 23, 2010, and codified in 42 U.S.C. §262, or the BPCIA, created an elaborate and complex patent dispute resolution mechanism for biosimilars that could prevent us from launching our product candidates in the United States or could substantially delay such launches. The BPCIA mechanism required for 351(k) biosimilar applicants may pose greater risk as compared to the litigation risk to which we might be exposed under a traditional 351(a) BLA regulatory pathway.

The BPCIA sets forth patent disclosure and briefing that are demanding, time-sensitive and, to date, have been the subject of only a single appellate court decision. The following is an overview of the patent exchange and patent briefing procedures set forth in the BPCIA:

 

  1. Disclosure of the Biosimilar Application. Within 20 days after the FDA publishes a notice that its application has been accepted for review, a 351(k) biosimilar applicant must provide a copy of its application to the originator.

 

  2. Identification of Pertinent Patents. Within 60 days of the date of receipt of the application the originator must identify patents owned or controlled by the originator which it believes could be asserted against the biosimilar applicant.

 

47


Table of Contents
  3. Statement by the Biosimilar Applicant. Following the receipt of the originator’s patent list, the biosimilar applicant must state either that it will not market its product until the relevant patents have expired or alternatively provide its arguments that the patents are invalid, unenforceable or would not be infringed by the proposed biosimilar product candidate. The biosimilar applicant may also provide the originator with a list of patents it believes the brand-name firm could assert against the reference product.

 

  4. Statement by the Originator. In the event the biosimilar applicant has asserted that the patents are invalid, unenforceable or would not be infringed by the proposed follow-on product, the originator must provide the biosimilar applicant with a response within 60 days. The response must provide the legal and factual basis of the opinion that such patent will be infringed by the commercial marketing of the proposed biosimilar.

 

  5. Patent Resolution Negotiations. If the originator provides its detailed views that the proposed biosimilar would infringe valid and enforceable patents, then the parties are required to engage in good faith negotiations to identify which of the discussed patents will be the subject of a patent infringement action. If the parties agree on the patents to be litigated, the brand-name firm must bring an action for patent infringement within 30 days.

 

  6. Simultaneous Exchange of Patents. If those negotiations do not result in an agreement within 15 days, then the biosimilar applicant must notify the originator of how many patents (but not the identity of those patents) that it wishes to litigate. Within five days, the parties are then required to exchange lists identifying the patents to be litigated. The number of patents identified by the originator may not exceed the number provided by the biosimilar applicant. However, if the biosimilar applicant previously indicated that no patents should be litigated, then the originator may identify one patent.

 

  7. Commencement of Patent Litigation. The originator must then commence patent infringement litigation within 30 days. That litigation will involve all of the patents on the originator’s list and all of the patents on the follow-on applicant’s list. The follow-on applicant must then notify the FDA of the litigation. The FDA must then publish a notice of the litigation in the Federal Register.

 

  8. Notice of Commercial Marketing. The BPCIA requires the biosimilar applicant to provide notice to the originator 180 days in advance of its first commercial marketing of its proposed follow-on biologic. The originator is allowed to seek a preliminary injunction blocking such marketing based upon any patents that either party had preliminarily identified, but were not subject to the initial phase of patent litigation. The litigants are required to “reasonably cooperate to expedite such further discovery as is needed” with respect to the preliminary injunction motion.

Biosimilar companies such as ours have the option of applying for U.S. regulatory approval for our products under either a traditional 351(a) BLA approval route, or under the recently enacted streamlined 351(k) approval route established by the BPCIA. The factors underpinning such a decision are extremely complex and involve, among other things, balancing legal risk (in terms of, e.g., the degree and timing of exposure to potential patent litigation by the originator) versus regulatory risks (in terms of, e.g., the development costs and the differing scope of regulatory approval that may be afforded under 351(a) versus 351(k)).

A significant legal risk in pursuing regulatory approval under the 351(k) regulatory approval route is that the above-summarized patent exchange process established by the BPCIA could result in the initiation of patent infringement litigation prior to FDA approval of a 351(k) application, and such litigation could result in blocking the market entry of our products. In particular, while the 351(k) route is more attractive to us (versus 351(a)) for reasons related to development time and costs and the potential broader scope of eventual regulatory approval for our proposed biosimilar candidates, the countervailing risk in such a regulatory choice is that the complex patent exchange process mandated by the BPCIA could ultimately prevent or substantially delay us from launching our products in the United States.

Moreover, the disclosure process set forth in Step 1 of the process outlined above, which is directed to disclosure by the biosimilar applicant of not only its regulatory application but also the applicant’s manufacturing process, has the potential to afford originators an easier path than traditional infringement litigation for developing any factual grounds they may require to support allegations of infringement. The rules established in the BPCIA’s patent dispute procedures (versus the rules governing traditional patent infringement litigation) place biosimilar firms at a significant disadvantage by affording originators a much easier mechanism for factual discovery, thereby increasing the risk that a biosimilar product could be blocked from the market more quickly than under traditional patent infringement litigation processes.

Preparing for and conducting the patent exchange, briefing and negotiation process outlined above will require extraordinarily sophisticated legal counseling and extensive planning, all under extremely tight deadlines. Moreover, it may be difficult for us to secure such legal support if large, well-funded originators have already entered into engagements with highly qualified law firms or if the most highly qualified law firms choose not to represent biosimilar applicants due to their long standing relationships with originators. Furthermore, we could be at a serious disadvantage in this process as an originator company, as competitors may be able to apply substantially greater legal and financial resources to this process than we could.

 

48


Table of Contents

We are aware that some biosimilar companies, namely Sandoz and Celltrion, Inc. have engaged in legal challenges against originators to establish their right to bring declaratory judgment actions against such originators outside the complex framework of the BPCIA patent exchange rules in order to challenge the validity of the originators’ patents prior to the filing of any biosimilar regulatory application. For example, in the Sandoz case against the originator Amgen (relating to Sandoz’ proposed etanercept (Enbrel) biosimilar) the federal district court ruled that Sandoz did not have the right to bring a declaratory judgment action against Amgen to challenge the validity of certain Amgen-controlled patents directed to Enbrel, but instead determined that Sandoz must use the patent exchange mechanism established in the BPCIA. Sandoz appealed this decision to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit, and on December 5, 2014 the Federal Circuit Court ruled that Sandoz had not met the legal requirements to pursue a declaratory judgment action against Amgen. The Federal Circuit court did not address whether the patent resolution mechanism established in the BPCIA would preclude Sandoz from filing its declaratory judgment action against Amgen if and when it files an FDA application under the BCPIA for its etanercept biosimilar.

In October 2014, Amgen filed suit in federal district court against Sandoz alleging that Sandoz unlawfully refused to follow the patent resolution provisions of the BPCIA in connection with Sandoz’ July 2014 regulatory approval application under 351(k) for its Neupogen (filgrastim) biosimilar, Zarxio. Amgen is seeking declaratory and injunctive relief. In October 2014 Amgen also filed a Citizen’s Petition with the FDA asking that the FDA require biosimilar applicants to comply with the BCPIA by providing to the reference product sponsor a copy of the biosimilar application accepted for review, together with information that fully describes the manufacture of the proposed biosimilar product, within 20 days after being informed by the FDA that the biosimilar application has been accepted for review. On March 19, 2015, the district court refused Amgen’s request to enjoin Sandoz’ launch of Zarxio and ruled that the patent resolution provisions of the BPCIA (summarized above in paragraphs 1 through 8) are optional insofar as it is permissible for a 351(k) applicant to decide not to provide its BLA and/or manufacturing information to the originator. The court also held that a biosimilar applicant need not wait until it receives BLA approval to provide the 180 prior day notice of commercial marketing set forth in the BPCIA provisions (see paragraph 8 above), but instead may provide such notice to the originator, if at all, prior to receiving FDA approval. On March 26, 2015, the FDA denied Amgen’s Citizen’s Petition. More recently, on July 21, 2015, a divided panel of the Federal Circuit issued its first decision interpreting the BPCIA on appeal in the Amgen v. Sandoz case. The court held that a biosimilar applicant is not required to share its biosimilar application with the reference product sponsor or follow the patent dispute resolution procedures set forth in the BPCIA. However, it does have to provide 180 days’ pre-marketing notice and cannot do so until after the FDA has “licensed” (approved) the biosimilar product.

If we file a 351(k) regulatory approval application for one or more of our products, we may consider it necessary or advisable to adopt the strategy of selecting one or more patents of the originator to litigate in the above described BPCIA process (for example in steps 3 and 7, of the process, as outlined above), either to assert our non-infringement of such patents or to challenge their validity; but we may ultimately not be successful in that strategy and could be prevented from marketing the product in the United States.

Under the complex and uncertain rules of the BPCIA patent provisions, coupled with the inherent uncertainty surrounding the legal interpretation of any originator patents that might be asserted against us in this new process, we see substantial risk that the BPCIA process may significantly delay or defeat our ability to market our products in the United States.

Our ability to market our generic products in the United States may be significantly delayed or prevented by the Hatch-Waxman patent dispute resolution mechanism, including a potential automatic 30 month stay.

The Hatch-Waxman Act. An Abbreviated New Drug Application (“ANDA”) submitted under Section 505(j) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (“FDCA”) and contains data which when submitted to FDA’s Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Office of Generic Drugs, provides for the review of a generic drug product. If approved, an ANDA applicant may then manufacture and market the generic drug product to provide a safe, effective, and low cost version of a previously approved drug product, which is also referred to as the reference listed drug. A generic drug product is one that contains the same active ingredient, dosage form, strength, route of administration, and conditions of use as a reference listed drug. All approved products, both branded and generic, are listed in FDA’s Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations (“Orange Book”). Generic drug applications are termed “abbreviated” because they are generally not required to include preclinical (animal) and clinical (human) data to establish safety and effectiveness. Instead, a generic applicant must scientifically demonstrate that its product is bioequivalent (i.e., performs in the same manner as the reference listed drug). Using bioequivalence as the basis for approving generic copies of drug products was established by the “Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984,” also known as the Hatch-Waxman Act. We are pursuing a Section 505(j) ANDA regulatory strategy for our PF708 generic product candidate to the Forteo (teriparatide) reference listed drug which is marketed by Eli Lilly for the treatment of osteoporosis. It is possible that for one reason or another, we will not be able to establish that our PF708 generic product candidate has the same active ingredient, dosage form, strength, route of administration, and/or conditions of use as the Forteo reference listed drug. For example, the FDA may determine that we have not established sufficient bioequivalence with the Forteo reference listed drug for ANDA approval. Moreover, by relying on the 505(j) regulatory pathway for PF708, our reliance on the FDA’s prior findings of safety from Forteo will more than likely require any

 

49


Table of Contents

approved labeling for PF708 to include certain safety information that is included in the Forteo label, including warnings and other safety information.

Orange Book Listing. The owner of a new drug application (“NDA”) for a branded drug product may list with the FDA certain patents whose claims allegedly cover the applicant’s branded product. Each of the patents listed in the application for the drug is then published in the Orange Book. Any applicant who files a 505(j) ANDA referencing a drug listed in the Orange Book must certify to the FDA that: (1) no patent information on the drug product that is the subject of the application has been submitted to the FDA, referred to as a Paragraph I Certification; (2) such patent has expired, referred to as a Paragraph II Certification; (3) the date on which such patent expires, referred to as a Paragraph III Certification; or (4) such patent is invalid or will not be infringed upon by the manufacture, use or sale of the drug product for which the application is submitted, referred to as a Paragraph IV Certification. The applicant may also elect to submit a “section viii” statement certifying that its proposed label does not contain, or carves out, any language regarding the patented method-of-use rather than certify to a listed method-of-use patent. An applicant submitting a Paragraph IV Certification must provide notice to each owner of the patent that is the subject of the certification and to the holder of the approved branded drug to which the 505(j) ANDA application refers. If the reference branded drug holder and patent owners assert a patent challenge directed to one of the Orange Book listed patents within 45 days of the receipt of the Paragraph IV Certification notice, the FDA is prohibited from approving the ANDA application until the earlier of 30 months from the receipt of the Paragraph IV Certification, expiration of the patent, settlement of the lawsuit, or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the applicant. In the event we commercially launch our PF708 at a time when one or more unexpired patents are listed in the Orange Book, we see substantial risk that the Paragraph IV certification process, including the likelihood of imposition of a 30 month stay and necessity of defending against accusation of patent infringement, may significantly delay or defeat our ability to competitively market our PF708 generic product in the United States.

Non-Patent Exclusivity and Approval of Competing Products . Additionally, a 505(j) ANDA application also will not be approved until any applicable non-patent exclusivity listed in the Orange Book for the NDA branded reference drug has expired as described in further detail below. Market and data exclusivity provisions under the FDCA can delay the submission or the approval of certain applications for competing products. In addition to patent exclusivity, the holder of the NDA for a reference listed drug may be entitled to a period of non-patent exclusivity, during which the FDA cannot approve another drug application that relies on the listed drug. For example, a pharmaceutical manufacturer may obtain five years of non-patent exclusivity upon NDA approval of a new chemical entity, or NCE, which is a drug that contains an active moiety that has not been approved by the FDA in any other NDA. An “active moiety” is defined as the molecule or ion responsible for the drug substance’s physiological or pharmacologic action. During the five year exclusivity period, the FDA cannot accept for filing any application for the same active moiety and that relies on the FDA’s findings regarding that drug; the FDA may accept an application for filing after four years if the follow-on applicant makes a Paragraph IV Certification. A drug may obtain a three-year period of exclusivity for a particular condition of approval, or change to a marketed product, such as a new formulation for a previously approved product, if one or more new clinical trials, other than bioavailability or bioequivalence studies, was essential to the approval of the application and was conducted or sponsored by the applicant. Should this occur, the FDA would be precluded from approving any ANDA that references such product until after that three-year exclusivity period has run. However, unlike NCE exclusivity, the FDA can accept an application and begin the review process during the entire exclusivity period.

Clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, and results of earlier studies and trials may not be predictive of future trial results.

Clinical testing is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. Furthermore, we rely on our collaborators, CROs, and clinical trial sites to ensure the proper and timely conduct of our clinical trials for our product candidates. While we have agreements governing the committed activities of our collaborators and CROs, we have limited influence over their actual performance. A failure of one or more clinical trials can occur at any time during the trial process. The results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials of our product candidates may not be predictive of the results of later-stage clinical trials. Product candidates that have shown promising results in early studies may still suffer significant setbacks in subsequent clinical studies. For example, the results generated to date in clinical trials for PF582 do not ensure that later clinical trials, including the planned comparative clinical trial, will demonstrate similar results. There is a high failure rate for drugs and biologics proceeding through clinical studies, and product candidates in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy despite having progressed through preclinical studies and initial clinical trials. A number of companies in the biopharmaceutical industry have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials due to lack of efficacy or adverse safety profiles, notwithstanding promising results in earlier clinical trials, and we cannot be certain that we will not face similar setbacks. Even if the clinical trials for our product candidates are completed, nonclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and the results may not be sufficient to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates.

 

50


Table of Contents

We have in the past and may in the future experience delays in ongoing clinical trials for our product candidates, and we do not know whether future clinical trials, if any, will begin on time, need to be redesigned, enroll an adequate number of patients on time or be completed on schedule, if at all. The commencement or completion of clinical trials can be delayed or aborted for a variety of reasons, including delay or failure to:

 

    generate sufficient preclinical, toxicology, or other in vivo or in vitro data to support the initiation of human clinical studies;

 

    raise sufficient capital to fund a trial;

 

    obtain regulatory approval, or feedback on trial design, necessary to commence a trial;

 

    identify, recruit and train suitable clinical investigators;

 

    reach agreement on acceptable terms with prospective CROs and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

 

    obtain institutional review board, or IRB, approval at each site;

 

    identify, recruit, and enroll suitable patients to participate in a trial;

 

    have patients complete a trial or return for post-treatment follow-up;

 

    ensure clinical sites observe trial protocol or continue to participate in a trial;

 

    address any patient safety concerns that arise during the course of a trial;

 

    address any conflicts with new or existing laws or regulations;

 

    add a sufficient number of clinical trial sites;

 

    manufacture sufficient quantities of product candidate for use in clinical trials; and

 

    avoid delays in manufacturing, testing, releasing, validating, or importing/exporting sufficient stable quantities of our product candidates for use in clinical studies, or the inability to do any of the foregoing.

Patient enrollment is a significant factor in the timing of clinical trials and is affected by many factors, including the size and nature of the patient population, the proximity of patients to clinical sites, the eligibility criteria for the trial, the design of the clinical trial, competing clinical trials and clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages of the drug being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new drugs or treatments that may be approved for the indications we are investigating.

We could also encounter delays if a clinical trial is suspended or terminated by us, by the IRBs of the institutions in which such trials are being conducted, by the data safety monitoring board, for such trial or by the FDA or other regulatory authorities. Such authorities may suspend or terminate a clinical trial due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or other regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a drug, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial.

If we or our collaborators experience delays in the completion of, or termination of, any clinical trial of our product candidates, the commercial prospects of our product candidates may be harmed, and our ability to generate product revenue from any of these product candidates will be delayed. In addition, any delays in completing clinical trials for our product candidates will increase our costs, slow down our product candidate development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenue. Any of these occurrences may significantly harm our business, financial condition and prospects. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of our product candidates.

 

51


Table of Contents

Even if PF582, PF530, PF708 or any future product candidates obtain regulatory approval, they may never achieve market acceptance or commercial success.

Even if we or our collaboration partners’ obtain FDA or other regulatory approvals, PF582, PF530, PF708 or any future product candidates may not achieve market acceptance among physicians and patients, and may not be commercially successful.

The degree and rate of market acceptance of PF582, PF530, PF708 or any future product candidates for which we receive approval depends on a number of factors, including:

 

    the safety and efficacy of the product as demonstrated in clinical trials;

 

    the clinical indications for which the product is approved;

 

    acceptance by physicians, major operators of clinics and patients of the product as a safe and effective treatment;

 

    proper training and administration of our products by physicians and medical staff;

 

    the potential and perceived advantages of our products over alternative treatments;

 

    the cost of treatment in relation to alternative treatments and willingness to pay for our products, if approved, on the part of physicians and patients;

 

    relative convenience and ease of administration;

 

    the prevalence and severity of adverse events; and

 

    the effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts.

Any failure by our product candidates that obtain regulatory approval to achieve market acceptance or commercial success would materially adversely affect our results of operations and delay, prevent or limit our ability to generate revenue and continue our business.

The development, manufacture and commercialization of biosimilar and generic products poses unique risks, and our failure to successfully introduce biosimilar and generic products could have a negative impact on our business and future operating results.

We are actively working to develop multiple biosimilar and generic products, including our two most advanced biosimilar product candidates, PF582 and PF530 and our generic product PF708. The cost to develop each biosimilar and generic product candidate could vary significantly and is highly dependent on the specific compound and the amount and type of clinical work that will be necessary for regulatory approval. There can be no assurance that our clinical work will be successful, or that regulatory authorities will not require additional clinical development beyond that which we have planned. For example, we intend to file a 351(k) regulatory application for PF530 with FDA. If FDA later determines that the 351(k) regulatory pathway is not suitable for PF530, then we may be required to undertake preclinical and clinical testing and analysis under the traditional full-scale BLA regulatory framework. Such additional testing and analysis would be time consuming, costly, and could adversely affect our operating results by significantly delaying our introduction of PF530. Additionally, we may enter into alliances and collaborations to fund biosimilar and generic research and development activities, and the success of any such biosimilar or generic program may depend on our ability to realize the benefits under such arrangements. Due to events beyond our control or the risks identified herein, we may be unable to fund all or some of our internal biosimilar and generic research and development initiatives, which would have an adverse impact on our strategy and growth initiatives.

We intend to pursue market authorization globally when commercially appropriate. The European Union has, since October 2005, had a regulatory framework for the approval of biosimilar products and, as of December 31, 2014, has approved more than 20 biosimilar products. In the United States an abbreviated pathway for approval of biosimilar products was established by the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, or BPCIA, enacted on March 23, 2010, as part of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act. The BPCIA established this abbreviated pathway under section 351(k) of the Public Health Service Act, or PHSA. Subsequent to the enactment of the BPCIA the FDA issued draft guidance regarding the demonstration of biosimilarity as well as the submission and review of biosimilar applications. However, the first biosimilar was just approved by the FDA on March 6, 2015. Moreover, market acceptance of biosimilar products in the U.S. is unclear. Numerous states are considering or have already enacted laws that regulate or restrict the substitution by state pharmacies of biosimilars for biological products already licensed by the FDA pursuant to BLAs, or “reference products”. Market success of biosimilar products will depend on demonstrating to patients, physicians, payors, and relevant authorities that such products are safe and efficacious compared to other existing products.

We will continue to analyze and incorporate into our biosimilar development plans any final regulations issued by the FDA, pharmacy substitution policies enacted by state governments, and other applicable requirements established by relevant authorities. The costs of development and approval, along with the probability of success for our biosimilar product candidates, will be dependent upon application of any laws and regulations issued by the relevant regulatory authorities.

 

52


Table of Contents

Biosimilar products may also be subject to extensive patent clearances and patent infringement litigation, which will likely delay and could prevent the commercial launch of a product. Moreover, the BPCIA prohibits the FDA from accepting an application for a biosimilar candidate to a reference product within four years of the reference product’s licensure by the FDA. In addition, the BPCIA provides innovative biologics with twelve years of exclusivity from the date of their licensure, during which time the FDA cannot approve any application for a biosimilar candidate to the reference product. For example, the FDA may not be able to approve any application that we or our collaborators submit for PF582 until twelve years after the original BLA for Lucentis was approved. However, in his proposed budget for fiscal year 2014, President Obama proposed to cut this twelve-year period of exclusivity down to seven years. He also proposed to prohibit additional periods of exclusivity due to minor changes in product formulations, a practice often referred to as “evergreening.” It is possible that Congress may take these or other measures to reduce or eliminate periods of exclusivity.

The BPCIA is complex and only beginning to be interpreted and implemented by the FDA. As a result, its ultimate impact, implementation, and meaning is subject to significant uncertainty. Future implementation decisions by the FDA could result in delays in the development or commercialization of our product candidates or increased costs to assure regulatory compliance, and could adversely affect our operating results by restricting or significantly delaying our ability to market new biosimilar products.

In the EEA, holders of marketing authorizations of reference products (authorized under the centralized procedure after November 20, 2005, or under the Decentralized, Mutual Recognition and national procedures, after October 30, 2005) enjoy eight years of data exclusivity during which a generic or biosimilar marketing authorization applicant cannot rely on the preclinical and clinical data included in the reference product’s dossier, and ten years of marketing exclusivity during which a generic or biosimilar of the reference product cannot be placed in the EEA market. The marketing exclusivity period can be extended one additional year (to eleven years) if a second indication of the reference product with significant clinical benefit is approved during the eight year data exclusivity period. The data and marketing exclusivity periods start from the date of the initial authorization, which for reference medicinal products authorized through the Centralized Procedure is the date of notification of the marketing authorization decision to the marketing authorization holder of the reference product notification of the marketing authorization decision to the marketing authorization holder of the reference product. Lucentis was granted a marketing authorization by the EU Commission through the EU centralized procedure on January 22, 2007.

We may rely on the Animal Rule in conducting trials, which could be time consuming and expensive.

To obtain FDA approval for our vaccine candidate Px563L, we may obtain clinical data from trials in healthy human subjects that demonstrate adequate safety, and efficacy data from adequate and well-controlled animal studies under regulations issued by the FDA in 2002, often referred to as the “Animal Rule.” Among other requirements, the animal studies must establish that the drug or biological product is reasonably likely to produce clinical benefits in humans. If we use this approach we may not be able to sufficiently demonstrate this correlation to the satisfaction of the FDA, as these corollaries are difficult to establish and are often unclear. Because the FDA must agree that data derived from animal studies may be extrapolated to establish safety and effectiveness in humans, seeking approval under the Animal Rule may add significant time, complexity and uncertainty to the testing and approval process. The FDA may decide that our data are insufficient for approval and require additional preclinical, clinical or other studies, refuse to approve Px563L, or place restrictions on our ability to commercialize the products. In addition, products approved under the Animal Rule are subject to additional requirements including post-marketing study requirements, restrictions imposed on marketing or distribution or requirements to provide information to patients. Further, regulatory authorities in other countries have not, at this time, established an “Animal Rule” equivalent, and consequently there can be no assurance that we will be able to make a submission for marketing approval in foreign countries based on such animal data.

Additionally, few facilities in the U.S. and internationally may have the capability to test animals involving exposure to anthrax or otherwise assist us in qualifying the requisite animal models, and we must compete with other companies for access to this limited pool of highly specialized resources. We therefore may not be able to secure contracts to conduct the testing in a predictable timeframe or at all.

If we and our collaboration partners are not able to demonstrate biosimilarity of our biosimilar product candidates to the satisfaction of regulatory authorities, we will not obtain regulatory approval for commercial sale of our biosimilar product candidates and our future results of operations would be adversely affected.

Our future results of operations depend, to a significant degree, on our and our collaboration partners’ ability to obtain regulatory approval for and commercialize our proposed biosimilar products. To obtain regulatory approval for the commercial sale of these product candidates, we will be required to demonstrate to the satisfaction of regulatory authorities, among other things, that our proposed biosimilar products are highly similar to biological products already licensed by the FDA pursuant to Biologic License Applications, or BLAs, notwithstanding minor differences in clinically inactive components, and that they have no clinically meaningful differences as compared to the marketed biological products in terms of the safety, purity and potency of the products. In

 

53


Table of Contents

the EEA, the similar nature of a biosimilar and a reference product is demonstrated by comprehensive comparability studies covering quality, biological activity, safety and efficacy. For example, a determination of biosimilarity for PF582 will be based on our demonstration of its high similarity to Lucentis.

In addition, the FDA may determine that a proposed biosimilar product is “interchangeable” with a reference product, meaning that the biosimilar product may be substituted for the reference product without the intervention of the health care provider who prescribed the reference product, if the application includes sufficient information to show that the product is biosimilar to the reference product and that it can be expected to produce the same clinical result as the reference product in any given patient. If the biosimilar product may be administered more than once to a patient, the applicant must demonstrate that the risk in terms of safety or diminished efficacy of alternating or switching between the biosimilar and reference product is not greater than the risk of using the reference product without such alternation or switch. To make a final determination of biosimilarity or interchangeability, regulatory authorities may require additional confirmatory information beyond what we and our collaboration partners plan to initially submit in our applications for approval, such as more in-depth analytical characterization, animal testing, or further clinical studies. Provision of sufficient information for approval may prove difficult and expensive. We cannot predict whether any of our biosimilar product candidates will meet regulatory authority requirements for approval as a biosimilar or interchangeable product.

In the event that regulatory authorities require us to conduct additional clinical trials or other lengthy processes, the commercialization of our proposed biosimilar products could be delayed or prevented. Delays in the commercialization of, or the inability to obtain regulatory approval for, these products could adversely affect our operating results by restricting or significantly delaying our introduction of new biosimilars.

If other biosimilars of Lucentis or Betaseron or other generics to Forteo are approved and successfully commercialized before PF582, PF530 or PF708, our business would suffer.

Other companies may seek approval to manufacture and market biosimilar versions of Lucentis or Betaseron or generic versions of Forteo. If other biosimilars of Lucentis or Betaseron, or generic versions of Forteo, are approved and successfully commercialized before PF582, PF530 or PF708, we may never achieve significant market share for PF582, PF530 or PF708, our revenue would be reduced and, as a result, our business, prospects and financial condition could suffer. In addition, the first biosimilar determined to be interchangeable with a particular reference product for any condition of use is eligible for a period of market exclusivity that delays an FDA determination that a second or subsequent biosimilar product is interchangeable with that reference product for any condition of use until the earlier of: (1) one year after the first commercial marketing of the first interchangeable product; (2) 18 months after resolution of a patent infringement suit instituted under 42 U.S.C. § 262(l)(6) against the applicant that submitted the application for the first interchangeable product, based on a final court decision regarding all of the patents in the litigation or dismissal of the litigation with or without prejudice; (3) 42 months after approval of the first interchangeable product, if a patent infringement suit instituted under 42 U.S.C. § 262(l)(6) against the applicant that submitted the application for the first interchangeable product is still ongoing; or (4) 18 months after approval of the first interchangeable product if the applicant that submitted the application for the first interchangeable product has not been sued under 42 U.S.C. § 262(l)(6). A determination that another company’s product is interchangeable with Lucentis or Betaseron prior to approval of PF582 or PF530 may therefore delay the potential determination that PF582 or PF530 is interchangeable with the reference product, which may materially adversely affect our results of operations and delay, prevent or limit our ability to generate revenue.

Failure to obtain regulatory approval in each regulatory jurisdiction would prevent us and our collaboration partners from marketing our products to a larger patient population and reduce our commercial opportunities.

In order to market our products in the European Union, the United States and other jurisdictions, we or our collaboration partners must obtain separate regulatory approvals and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements. The European Medicines Agency is responsible for the centralized procedure for human medicines. This procedure results in a single marketing authorization that is valid in all European Union countries, as well as in Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway. The time required to obtain approval abroad may differ from that required to obtain FDA approval. The foreign regulatory approval process may include all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval and we may not obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all. Approval by the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries, and approval by one foreign regulatory authority does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries or by the FDA. We may not be able to file for regulatory approvals and may not receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products within the United States or in any market outside the United States. Failure to obtain these approvals would materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

54


Table of Contents

Even if we and our collaboration partners obtain regulatory approvals for our product candidates, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory review.

Even if we and our collaboration partners obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, any products we develop will be subject to ongoing regulatory review with respect to manufacturing, labeling, packaging, storage, advertising, promotion, sampling, record-keeping, conduct of post-marketing studies, and submission of safety, efficacy, and other post-market information, including both federal and state requirements in the United States and requirements of comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Manufacturers and manufacturers’ facilities are required to comply with extensive FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authority requirements, including ensuring that quality control and manufacturing procedures conform to cGMP. As such, we and our contract manufacturers will be subject to continual and possibly unannounced review and inspections by the regulatory authorities governing the markets in which we wish to sell our products. Accordingly, we and others with whom we work must continue to expend time, money, and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production, and quality control.

Any regulatory approvals that we and our collaboration partners receive for our product candidates may be subject to limitations on the approved indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or to the conditions of approval, or contain requirements for potentially costly post-marketing testing, including Phase 4 trials, and surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy or the safety, purity, and potency of the product candidate. We will be required to immediately report any serious and unexpected adverse events and certain quality or production problems with our products to regulatory authorities along with other periodic reports. Any new legislation addressing drug or biologic product safety issues could result in delays in product development or commercialization, or increased costs to assure compliance. We and our collaboration partners will have to comply with requirements concerning advertising and promotion for our products. Promotional communications with respect to prescription drug and biologic products are subject to a variety of legal and regulatory restrictions and must be consistent with the information in the product’s approved label. As such, we may not promote our products for indications or uses for which they do not have approval. The holder of an approved NDA, BLA, 351(k) application or marketing authorization application, or MAA, must submit new or supplemental applications and obtain approval for certain changes to the approved product, product labeling, or manufacturing process. We could also be asked to conduct post-marketing clinical studies to verify the safety and efficacy of our products in general or in specific patient subsets. An unsuccessful post-marketing study or failure to complete such a study could result in the withdrawal of marketing approval.

If a regulatory agency discovers previously unknown problems with a product, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured or disagrees with the promotion, marketing or labeling of a product, or if we or our collaboration partners fail to comply with applicable continuing regulatory requirements, such regulatory agency may impose restrictions on that product or us, including requiring withdrawal of the product from the market. If we or our collaboration partners fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, a regulatory agency or enforcement authority may subject us to administrative or judicially imposed sanctions or other actions, including, among other things:

 

    issuing fines or warning letters;

 

    imposing civil or criminal penalties;

 

    imposing injunctions;

 

    suspending or withdrawing regulatory approval;

 

    suspending any of our ongoing clinical studies;

 

    refusing to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications submitted by us;

 

    imposing restrictions on our operations, including closing our contract manufacturers’ facilities; or

 

    seizing or detaining products, or requiring a product recall.

Any government investigation of alleged violations of law could require us to expend significant time and resources in response, and could generate negative publicity. Any failure to comply with ongoing regulatory requirements may significantly and adversely affect our ability to commercialize and generate revenue from our products. If regulatory sanctions are applied or if regulatory approval is withdrawn, the value of our company and our operating results will be adversely affected.

 

55


Table of Contents

We will also be subject to various health care fraud and abuse laws, including anti-kickback, false claims and fraud laws, and physician payment transparency laws, and any violations by us of such laws could result in fines or other penalties.

Although we currently do not have any products on the market, if our product candidates are approved and we begin commercialization, we will be subject to healthcare regulation and enforcement by the federal government and the states and EEA and other foreign governments in which we conduct our business. These laws include, without limitation, state and federal, as well as EEA and other foreign, anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, false claims, privacy and security and physician sunshine laws and regulations.

The federal anti-kickback statute prohibits the offer, receipt, or payment of remuneration in exchange for or to induce the referral of patients or the use of products or services that would be paid for in whole or part by Medicare, Medicaid or other federal health care programs. Remuneration has been broadly defined to include anything of value, including cash, improper discounts, and free or reduced price items and services. The government has enforced the Anti-Kickback Statute to reach large settlements with healthcare companies based on sham research or consulting and other financial arrangements with physicians. Further, the Affordable Care Act, among other things, amended the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and certain criminal statutes governing healthcare fraud. A person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the Affordable Care Act provided that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the FCA or federal civil money penalties statute. Many states have similar laws that apply to their state health care programs as well as private payors. Violations of the anti-kickback laws can result in exclusion from federal health care programs and substantial civil and criminal penalties.

The FCA imposes liability on persons who, among other things, present or cause to be presented false or fraudulent claims for payment by a federal health care program. The FCA has been used to prosecute persons submitting claims for payment that are inaccurate or fraudulent, that are for services not provided as claimed, or for services that are not medically necessary. Actions under the FCA may be brought by the Attorney General or as a qui tam action by a private individual in the name of the government. Violations of the FCA can result in significant monetary penalties and treble damages. The federal government is using the FCA, and the accompanying threat of significant liability, in its investigation and prosecution of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies throughout the country, for example, in connection with the promotion of products for unapproved uses and other sales and marketing practices. The government has obtained multi-million and multi-billion dollar settlements under the FCA in addition to individual criminal convictions under applicable criminal statutes. In addition, companies have been forced to implement extensive corrective action plans, and have often become subject to consent decrees or corporate integrity agreements, severely restricting the manner in which they conduct their business. Given the significant size of actual and potential settlements, it is expected that the government will continue to devote substantial resources to investigating healthcare providers’ and manufacturers’ compliance with applicable fraud and abuse laws. If our future marketing or other arrangements were determined to violate anti-kickback or related laws, including the FCA, then our revenue could be adversely affected, which would likely harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, there has been a recent trend of increased federal and state regulation of payments made to physicians and other healthcare providers. The Affordable Care Act, among other things, imposed new reporting requirements on drug manufacturers for payments made by them to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties of up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year (or up to an aggregate of $1 million per year for “knowing failures”), for all payments, transfers of value or ownership or investment interests that are not timely, accurately and completely reported in an annual submission. Drug manufacturers must submit reports by the 90th day of each calendar year. Certain states also mandate implementation of commercial compliance programs, impose restrictions on device manufacturer marketing practices and/or require the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation and other remuneration to physicians.

The shifting commercial compliance environment and the need to build and maintain robust and expandable systems to comply with different compliance and/or reporting requirements in multiple jurisdictions increase the possibility that a healthcare company may violate one or more of the requirements. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of such laws or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including, without limitation, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs and imprisonment, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.

Also, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. We cannot assure investors that our internal control policies and procedures will protect us from reckless or negligent acts committed by our employees, future distributors, partners, collaborators or agents. Violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could result in fines, penalties or prosecution and have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and reputation.

 

56


Table of Contents

A failure to adequately protect individually identifiable health information could result in severe harm to our reputation and subject us to significant liabilities, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Throughout the clinical trial process, we may obtain the identifiable health information of our trial subjects. There are a number of state, federal and international laws protecting the privacy and security of health information and personal data, some of which we may be subject to The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, and their implementing regulations (collectively referred to as HIPAA) imposes limitations on the use and disclosure of individually identifiable health information by healthcare providers conducting certain electronic transactions, healthcare clearinghouses, and health insurance plans, collectively referred to as covered entities. HIPAA also imposes compliance obligations and corresponding penalties for non-compliance on certain individuals and entities that provide services to or perform certain functions on behalf of healthcare providers and other covered entities involving the use or disclosure of individually identifiable health information, collectively referred to as business associates. HIPAA imposes mandatory civil and criminal penalties for violations of its requirements, with mandatory penalties ranging up to $50,000 per violation, with a maximum civil penalty of $1.5 million in a calendar year for violations of the same requirement. However, a single breach incident can result in violations of multiple requirements, resulting in possible penalties well in excess of $1.5 million. HIPAA also authorizes state attorneys general to bring civil actions for violations of HIPAA on behalf of their state’s residents. HIPAA also contains notification requirements to federal regulators, and in some cases local and national media, when covered entities or business associates experience breaches of unsecured protected health information. Notification is not required under HIPAA if the health information that is improperly used or disclosed is deemed secured in accordance with certain encryption or other standards developed by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS. While we are not currently classified as a covered entity or business associate under HIPAA, and thus are not subject to its requirements, we do maintain sensitive identifiable personal information, including health information. As such, we may be subject to state laws requiring notification of affected individuals and state regulators in the event of a breach of personal information, which is a broader class of information than the health information protected by HIPAA. Many state laws impose significant data security requirements, such as encryption or mandatory contractual terms to ensure ongoing protection of personal information. Activities outside of the U.S. implicate local and national data protection standards, impose additional compliance requirements and generate additional risks of enforcement for noncompliance. The EU’s Data Protection Directive and other data protection, privacy and similar national, state/provincial and local laws may also restrict the access, use and disclosure of patient health information abroad. We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to ensure ongoing compliance with applicable privacy and data security laws, to protect against security breaches and hackers or to alleviate problems caused by such breaches.

Legislative or regulatory healthcare reforms in the United States may make it more difficult and costly for us to obtain regulatory approval of PF582, PF530, PF708 or any future product candidates and to produce, market, and distribute our products after approval is obtained, if any.

From time to time, legislation is drafted and introduced in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the regulatory approval, manufacturing, and marketing of regulated products or the reimbursement thereof. In addition, FDA regulations and guidance may be revised or reinterpreted by the FDA in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. Any new regulations or guidance, or revisions or reinterpretations of existing regulations or guidance, may impose additional costs or lengthen FDA review times for PF582, PF530, PF708 or any future product candidates. We cannot determine how changes in regulations, statutes, policies, or interpretations when and if issued, enacted or adopted, may affect our business in the future. Such changes could, among other things, require:

 

    changes to manufacturing methods;

 

    recalls, replacements, or discontinuance of one or more of our products; and

 

    additional recordkeeping.

Such changes would likely require substantial time and impose significant costs, and could materially harm our business and our financial results. In addition, delays in receipt of or failure to receive regulatory clearances or approvals for any future products would harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If efforts by manufacturers of reference products to delay or limit the use of biosimilars and generics are successful, our sales of biosimilar and generic products may suffer.

Many manufacturers of reference products have increasingly used legislative, regulatory and other means in attempts to delay regulatory approval of and competition from biosimilars and generics. These efforts have included sponsoring legislation to prevent pharmacists from substituting biosimilars and generics for prescribed reference products or to make such substitutions more difficult by establishing notification, recordkeeping, and/or other requirements, as well as seeking to prevent manufacturers of biosimilars and generics from referencing the brands of the innovator products in biosimilar and generic product labels and marketing materials. If these or other efforts to delay or block competition are successful, we may be unable to sell our biosimilar and generic product candidates, which could have a material adverse effect on our sales and profitability.

 

57


Table of Contents

Our and our collaboration partners’ future sales will be dependent on the availability and level of coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors who continue to implement cost-cutting measures and more stringent reimbursement standards.

In the United States and internationally, our and our collaboration partners’ ability to generate revenue on future sales of our products will be dependent, in significant part, on the availability and level of coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors, such as state and federal governments and private insurance plans. Insurers have implemented cost-cutting measures and other initiatives to enforce more stringent reimbursement standards and likely will continue to do so in the future. These measures include the establishment of more restrictive formularies and increases in the out-of-pocket obligations of patients for such products. In addition, particularly in the U.S. and increasingly in other countries, we will be required to provide discounts and pay rebates to state and federal governments and agencies in connection with purchases of our products that are reimbursed by such entities.

In addition, in the United States, the full impact of recent healthcare reform and other changes in the healthcare industry and in healthcare spending is currently unknown. In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, collectively referred to as the Affordable Care Act, was enacted with a goal of reducing the cost of healthcare and substantially changing the way healthcare is financed by both government and private insurers. The Affordable Care Act, among other things, subjected biologic products to potential competition by lower-cost biosimilars and generics, addressed a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected, increased the minimum Medicaid rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program and extended the rebate program to individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations, established annual fees and taxes on manufacturers of certain prescription drugs, and created a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable reference product drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D.

Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the U.S. since the Affordable Care Act was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This included aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013 and will stay in effect through 2024 unless additional Congressional action is taken. On January 2, 2013, the American Tax Payer Relief Act, or ATRA, was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals.

We expect that additional healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal, state and foreign governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for our products, if approved, or additional pricing pressures.

Foreign governments tend to impose strict price controls, which may adversely affect our revenue, if any.

In some foreign countries, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product. Our existing or future collaboration partners, if any, may elect to reduce the price of our products in order to increase the likelihood of obtaining reimbursement approvals which could adversely affect our revenues and profits. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we or our collaboration partners may also be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our product candidate to other available therapies. If reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business could be adversely affected.

Risks Relating to Owning Our Common Stock

We expect that the market price of our stock will fluctuate significantly, and investors may have difficulty selling their shares.

Our stock is currently traded on NYSE MKT, but we can provide no assurance that we will be able to maintain an active trading market on NYSE MKT or any other exchange in the future. The trading volume of our stock tends to be low relative to our total outstanding shares, and we have several stockholders, including affiliated stockholders, who hold substantial blocks of our stock. As of September 30, 2015, we had 23,254,132 shares of common stock outstanding, and stockholders holding at least 5% of our stock, individually or with affiliated persons or entities, collectively beneficially owned or controlled approximately 58% of such shares. Sales of large numbers of shares by any of our large stockholders could adversely affect our trading price, particularly given our relatively small historic trading volumes. If stockholders holding shares of our common stock sell, indicate an intention to sell, or if it is perceived that they will sell, substantial amounts of their common stock in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

 

58


Table of Contents

Since shares of our common stock were sold in our initial public offering in July 2014 at a price of $6.00 per share, our stock price has ranged from $5.28 to $24.41 through November 3, 2015. In addition to the factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, factors that may cause volatility in our share price include:

 

    actual or anticipated quarterly variation in our results of operations or the results of our competitors;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of new commercial products, significant contracts, commercial relationships or capital commitments;

 

    issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations for our stock;

 

    developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights;

 

    commencement of, or our involvement in, litigation;

 

    market conditions in the relevant market;

 

    reimbursement or legislative changes in the relevant market;

 

    failure to complete significant sales;

 

    regulatory developments that may impact our product candidates;

 

    any future sales of our common stock or other securities;

 

    any major change to the composition of our board of directors or management; and

 

    general economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets.

The stock market in general and market prices for the securities of biopharmaceutical companies like ours in particular, have from time to time experienced volatility that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of the underlying companies. A certain degree of stock price volatility may also occur as a result of being a newly public company. These broad market and industry fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance.

We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.

The market price of our common stock has been and will likely continue to be volatile, and in the past companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

If securities or industry analysts publish unfavorable research about our business or cease to cover our business, our stock price and/or trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock may rely, in part, on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. We do not have any control of the analysts or the content and opinions included in their reports. The price of our stock could decline if one or more equity research analysts downgrade our stock or issue other unfavorable commentary or research. If one or more equity research analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

If we sell shares of our common stock in future financings, stockholders may experience immediate dilution and, as a result, the market price of our common stock may decline.

We may from time to time issue additional shares of common stock at a discount from the current trading price of our common stock. As a result, our stockholders would experience immediate dilution upon the purchase of any shares of our common stock sold at such discount. In addition, as opportunities present themselves, we may enter into financing or similar arrangements in the future, including the issuance of debt securities, preferred stock or common stock. If we issue common stock or securities convertible into common stock, our common stockholders would experience additional dilution and, as a result, the market price of our common stock may decline.

 

59


Table of Contents

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public markets, or the perception that such sales might occur, could reduce the price that our common stock might otherwise attain and may dilute your voting power and your ownership interest in us.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. We are unable to predict the effect that sales may have on the prevailing market price of our common stock.

As of September 30, 2015, holders of approximately 5.2 million shares, or approximately 23%, of our outstanding shares, have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also register the offer and sale of all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans.

Furthermore, certain of our executive officers have adopted, and other directors and executive officers may in the future adopt, written plans, known as “Rule 10b5-1 Plans,” under which they have contracted, or may in the future contract, with a broker to sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis to diversify their assets and investments. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public markets following the release of the lock-up agreements or otherwise, including, but not limited to, sales made by our executive officers and directors pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 Plans, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups, or JOBS, Act enacted in April 2012, and may remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years following the completion of our initial public offering, although, if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue, if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of December 31 of any year, or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period before the end of that five-year period, we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” as of the following December 31. For as long as we remain an “emerging growth company,” we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.” These exemptions include:

 

    not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

    not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

    reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

 

    exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in our reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, delaying the adoption of these accounting standards until they would apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption and, as a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of reporting companies who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the market price of our common stock may be reduced or more volatile.

If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected.

In connection with the audit of our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013, we concluded that there were material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a significant deficiency, or a combination of significant deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that it is reasonably possible that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weaknesses that we identified related to (1) a lack of sufficient staff to deal with the various rules and regulations with respect to financial reporting, review and oversight responsibilities, segregation of duties and effective and timely financial close process; and (2) a lack of formalized and documented policies and procedures.

 

60


Table of Contents

In response to these reported material weaknesses, we undertook the following steps in 2014 to remediate those weaknesses: (1) hired outside consultants with technical skills to assist in the documentation and implementation of internal controls and flows procedures, (2) hired qualified personnel, including a chief financial officer during the second quarter of 2014, (3) hired additional qualified finance staff for certain key positions in the third and fourth quarters of 2014 in order to enhance oversight, review and control over financial reporting, and (4) established formalized and documented policies and procedures in the fourth quarter of 2014.

No material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting were identified in connection with our 2014 audit. However, our management and independent registered public accounting firm did not perform an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting during any period in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Had we and our independent registered public accounting firm performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, additional control deficiencies amounting to significant deficiencies or material weaknesses may have been identified. We cannot be certain as to when we will be able to implement the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. If we fail to implement the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, we might be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory agencies such as the SEC. In addition, failure to comply with Section 404 or the report by us of a significant deficiency or material weakness may cause investors to lose confidence in our financial statements, and the trading price of our common stock may decline. If we fail to remedy any significant deficiency or material weakness, our financial statements may be inaccurate, our access to the capital markets may be restricted and the trading price of our ordinary shares may suffer.

Our ability to use net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

We have undertaken, but have not completed, an IRC Section 382/383 analysis regarding the limitation of net operating losses and research and development credits carryforwards. Based on the analysis completed to date, we believe that the net operating losses and research and development credits can be utilized in 2015 to offset the taxable income resulting from the $51 million upfront payment from Pfizer. We plan to update our tax footnote and disclosures once the analysis is completed. We will have a deferred tax asset for the difference between the income recognized for book and tax. The future reversal of the deferred revenue will provide for a carryback to 2015 for any amounts recognized for books in 2016 and 2017, estimated to be about $8 million. The future reversal of this temporary difference is a source of income when evaluating the deferred tax asset and valuation allowance. Our taxable income, after net operating losses, is estimated to be $3 million for 2015 and no tax provision, other than alternative minimum tax, will be recorded in 2015 since the taxable income is less than the sources of income related to the reversal of the temporary differences arising in the carryback period. We will owe alternative minimum tax for 2015, which is being recorded as tax expense.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices including maintaining an effective system of internal control over financial reporting.

As a public company, and increasingly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules subsequently implemented by the SEC, and the NYSE MKT impose numerous requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Also, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to comply with these laws and regulations. These requirements have increased and will continue to increase our legal, accounting, and financial compliance costs and have made and will continue to make some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or our board committees or as executive officers.

Overall, we estimate that our incremental costs resulting from operating as a public company, including compliance with these rules and regulations, may be between $2.0 million and $4.0 million per year. However, these rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and changing governance practices.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting annually and the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures quarterly. In particular, Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will require us to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Section 404(b) of

 

61


Table of Contents

Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404(b), also requires our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. As an “emerging growth company” we expect to avail ourselves of the exemption from the requirement that our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b). However, we may no longer avail ourselves of this exemption when we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” When our independent registered public accounting firm is required to undertake an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, the cost of our compliance with Section 404(b) will correspondingly increase. Our compliance with applicable provisions of Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management time on compliance-related issues as we implement additional corporate governance practices and comply with reporting requirements.

Furthermore, investor perceptions of our company may suffer if deficiencies are found, and this could cause a decline in the market price of our stock. Irrespective of any required compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on our stated operating results and harm our reputation. If we are unable to implement these requirements effectively or efficiently, it could harm our operations, financial reporting, or financial results and could result in an adverse opinion on our internal controls from our independent registered public accounting firm.

Our directors, executive officers and principal stockholders will continue to have substantial control over us and could limit investors’ ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including transactions that would cause a change of control.

As of September 30, 2015, our executive officers, directors and stockholders who owned more than 5% of our outstanding common stock and their respective affiliates beneficially owned or controlled approximately 62% of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Accordingly, these executive officers, directors and stockholders and their respective affiliates, acting as a group, have substantial influence over the outcome of corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets or any other significant corporate transactions. These stockholders may therefore delay or prevent a change of control of us, even if such a change of control would benefit our other stockholders. The significant concentration of stock ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock due to investors’ perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise.

Claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated bylaws and our indemnification agreements that we have entered into with our directors and officers provide that:

 

    We will indemnify our directors and officers for serving us in those capacities, or for serving other business enterprises at our request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

    We may, in our discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law.

 

    We are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such directors or officers shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

 

    We will not be obligated pursuant to our amended and restated bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person against us or our other indemnitees, except with respect to proceedings authorized by our board of directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification.

 

    The rights conferred in our amended and restated bylaws are not exclusive, and we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons.

 

    We may not retroactively amend our amended and restated bylaw provisions to reduce our indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

To the extent that a claim for indemnification is brought by any of our directors or officers, it would reduce the amount of funds available for use in our business.

 

62


Table of Contents

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws include provisions that:

 

    authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, up to 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock;

 

    require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

 

    specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by our board of directors, the chairman of the board of directors, or the chief executive officer;

 

    establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder approvals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

    establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving staggered three year terms;

 

    provide that our directors may be removed only for cause;

 

    provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum;

 

    specify that no stockholder is permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors; and

 

    require a super-majority of votes to amend certain of the above-mentioned provisions.

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock to merge or combine with us.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from our public offerings and may not use them effectively.

We have broad discretion as to how to spend and invest the proceeds from our initial public offering and our April 2015 public offering, and we may spend or invest these proceeds in a way with which our stockholders disagree. Accordingly, investors will need to rely on our judgment with respect to the use of these proceeds and these uses may not yield a favorable return to our stockholders. In addition, until the net proceeds are used, they may be placed in investments that do not produce significant income or that may lose value.

With the exception of the issuance of shares of common stock to our preferred stockholders in connection with the payment of all accrued and unpaid dividends in connection with our initial public offering, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

At the closing of our initial public offering, our board of directors issued shares of common stock to pay all accrued but unpaid dividends on our convertible preferred stock. As of July 29, 2014, there were cumulative unpaid dividends of $7.3 million for our Series A-1 and Series A-2 convertible preferred stock. Based on the initial public offering price of $6.00 per share and the offering closing on July 29, 2014, we issued 1,217,784 shares of common stock to the holders of our outstanding preferred stock prior to the offering in satisfaction of these accrued dividends through July 28, 2014. With the exception of this dividend, we do not anticipate paying cash dividends on any classes of our capital stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain our future earnings for the foreseeable future to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be the sole source of gain on an investment in our common stock for the foreseeable future.

 

63


Table of Contents
ITEM 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

(a) Recent Sale of Unregistered Securities

None.

(b) Use of Proceeds from Public Offering of Common Stock

On July 23, 2014, our Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (Reg. No. 333- 196539) was declared effective in connection with the initial public offering, or IPO, of our common stock, pursuant to which we sold 9,429,084 shares of our common stock (inclusive of 1,095,751 shares of common stock from the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares) at a public offering price of $6.00 per share. In connection with the closing of the IPO, (i) all shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding automatically converted into 8,634,857 shares of common stock, (ii) we issued 1,217,784 shares of our common stock to holders of our convertible preferred stock in connection with the payment of all accrued and unpaid dividends through July 28, 2014, (iii) we repurchased 423,185 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of $0.31 per share in connection with the completion of this offering, pursuant to the amended and restated subscription agreement, dated May 2, 2014, entered into with certain stockholders, including Signet Healthcare Partners Accredited Partnership III, LP and Signet Healthcare Partners QP Partnership III, LP, and (iv) members of our executive management team including Bertrand Liang, Patrick Lucy, and Henry Talbot forfeited an aggregate of 100,000 shares of common stock. In connection with our IPO, we received net proceeds of approximately $52.6 million after underwriting discounts of approximately $4.0 million, but before offering expenses of approximately $2.0 million. William Blair & Company, L.L.C. and JMP Securities LLC acted as joint book-running managers for the offering, and Mizuho Securities USA Inc. acted as co-manager. No payments for such expenses were made directly or indirectly to (i) any of our officers or directors or their associates, (ii) any persons owning 10% or more of any class of our equity securities, or (iii) any of our affiliates.

As previously disclosed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014, we recently entered into a collaboration agreement with Hospira, Inc., or Hospira, a subsidiary of Pfizer Inc. (collectively with Hospira, “Pfizer”), and based on our anticipated development plan for PF582 with our collaboration partner, we expect that we will use up to $20 million for the development of PF582 and the remainder to conduct clinical development of other product candidates and for general working capital purposes. This represents a change from our planned use of proceeds as described in our final prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) on July 24, 2014.

On April 23, 2015, our Registration Statements on Form S-1 (File Nos. 333-203418 and 333-203600) were declared effective by the SEC for our follow-on public offering of common stock. The transaction formally closed on April 29, 2015. In conjunction with the offering, we issued 2,610,000 shares of common stock, and certain existing stockholders of Pfenex sold 4,140,000 shares of common stock, at an offering price of $15.50 per share. Barclays Capital Inc., Evercore Group L.L.C., and William Blair & Company, L.L.C. acted as the underwriters. We received aggregate proceeds of approximately $37.4 million, net of underwriting discounts, commissions and estimated offering-related transaction costs. There has been no material change in the planned use of proceeds from our public offering as described in our final prospectus filed with the SEC on April 24, 2015 pursuant to Rule 424(b).

(c) Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

We did not repurchase any shares of our common stock during the three months ended September 30, 2015.

 

ITEM 3. DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES

None.

 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 5. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

 

ITEM 6. EXHIBITS

The documents listed in the Exhibit Index of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q are incorporated by reference or are filed with this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, in each case as indicated therein (numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K).

 

64


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

    PFENEX INC.
Dated: November 13, 2015     By:  

/s/ Bertrand C. Liang

      Bertrand C. Liang
      President and Chief Executive Officer
      (Principal Executive Officer)
Dated: November 13, 2015     By:  

/s/ Paul A. Wagner

      Paul A. Wagner
      Chief Financial Officer
      (Principal Financial Officer)

 

65


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

        Incorporated by Reference Herein
  

Description

  

Form

    

File No.

  

Exhibit

  

Filing Date

  10.1+#    Cost Plus Fixed Fee Agreement, dated August 14, 2015 between Pfenex and the United States Department of Health and Human Services.            
  10.2#    Modification No. 13, effective July 23, 2015, to Contract Agreement dated July 30, 2010, between Pfenex and the United States Department of Health and Human Services.            
  10.3#    First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated September 28, 2015, between Pfenex and the Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.            
  10.4    Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated July 1, 2015, between Pfenex and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.      8-K       001-36540    10.1    July 6,
2015
  10.5    Amended and Restated Revolving Line of Credit Note, dated July 1, 2015, between Pfenex and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.      8-K       001-36540    10.2    July 6,
2015
  31.1#    Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.            
  31.2#    Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.            
  32.1**    Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.            
101.INS    XBRL Instance Document            
101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document            
101.CAL    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document            
101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document            
101.LAB    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document            
101.PRE    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document            

 

+ Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and the non-public information has been filed separately with the SEC.
# Filed herewith.
** The information in this exhibit is furnished and deemed not filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for purposes of section 18 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Pfenex Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the Exchange Act, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.

 

66

Exhibit 10.1

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

CONFIDENTIAL PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN REDACTED AND HAVE BEEN SEPARATELY FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. INFORMATION THAT WAS OMITTED IN THE EDGAR VERSION HAS BEEN NOTED IN THIS DOCUMENT WITH A PLACEHOLDER IDENTIFIED BY THE MARK “[***].”

 

AWARD/CONTRACT                               

1. THIS CONTRACT IS A RATED ORDER
UNDER DPAS (15 CFR 350)

  u         

RATING

  PAGE    OF    PAGES
     

N/A

  1       55      
2. CONTRACT  (Proc. Inst. Ident.) NO.  

3. EFFECTIVE DATE

  4. REQUISITION/PURCHASE REQUEST/PROJECT NO.
HHSO100201500011C  

See block 20C (below)

                                                       

5. ISSUED BY                         

  CODE         6. ADMINISTERED BY  (If other than Item 6)   CODE      

Office of Acquisitions Management, Contracts, and Grants (AMCG)

330 Independence Ave., S.W. Room G640

Washington, D.C. 20201

 

 

See Block 5.

       
7. NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR (No. street, county, state and ZIP Code)   8. DELIVERY

 

Pfenex Inc

10790 Roselle Street

San Diego, CA 92121

CAGE: 5UJ49

 

 

See Schedule.

 

 

9/ DISCOUNT FOR PROMPT PAYMENT

 

N/A

 

 

10. SUBMIT INVOICES

 

ADDRESS SHOWN IN: F.3

 

ITEM

 

See Section G.

CODE DUNS No. 01360371   FACILITY CODE    
11. SHIP TO/MARK FOR   CODE       N/A   12. PAYMENT WILL BE MADE BY   CODE       N/A

 

See Block 5

¨                                               ¨

 

 

See Block 5

       
13. AUTHORITY FOR USING OTHER FULL AND OPEN COMPETITION:   N/A   14. ACCOUNTING AND APPROPRIATION DATA
10 U.S.C. 2304(c)(    )                            41 U.S.C. 253(c)(    )            
15A. ITEM NO.   15B. SUPPLIES/SERVICES       15C. UNIT PRICE     15D. AMOUNT     15E. UNIT PRICE     15F. AMOUNT                     

 

Title: RPA563 and Px563L Advanced Development

 

      (See Schedule)   (See Schedule)   (See Schedule)   (See Schedule)
15G. TOTAL AMOUNT OF CONTRACT               u   $15,891,600.00
16. TABLE OF CONTENTS                    
( ü )     SEC.   DESCRIPTION   PAGE(S)   ( ü )  

SEC.

  DESCRIPTION   PAGE(S)
PART I - THE SCHEDULE   PART II - CONTRACT CLAUSES    
x   A   SOLICITATION/CONTRACT FORM       01   x   I   CONTRACT CLAUSES       47    
x   B   SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICE/COST       03   PART III - LIST OF DOCUMENTS, EXHIBITS AND OTHER ATTACH.
x   C   DESCRIPTION / SPECS / WORK STATEMENT       10   x   J   LIST OF ATTACHMENTS       54    
x   D   PACKAGING AND MARKING       11   PART IV - REPRESENTATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS
x   E   INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE       11   x   K   REPRESENTATIONS, CERTIFICATIONS AND OTHER STATEMENTS OF OFFERORS       55    
x   F   DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE       12          
x   G   CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA       22   ¨                
x   H   SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS       29   ¨                
CONTRACTING OFFICER WILL COMPLETE ITEM 17 OR 18 AS APPLICABLE

17.    x   CONTRACTOR’S NEGOTIATED AGREEMENT ( Contractor is required to sign this document and return 2 copies to issuing office.) Contractor agrees to furnish and deliver all items or perform all the services set forth or otherwise identified above and on any continuation sheets for the consideration stated herein. The rights and obligations of the parties to this contract shall be subject to and governed by the following documents: (a) this award/contract, (b) the solicitation, if any, and (c) such provisions, representations, certifications, and specifications, as are attached or incorporated by reference herein. (Attachments are listed herein.)

 

 

18.    ¨   AWARD ( Contractor is not required to sign this document.) Your offer on Solicitation Number                                          , including the additions or changes made by you which additions or changes are set forth in full above, is hereby accepted as to the items listed above and on any continuation sheets. This award consummates the contract which consists of the following documents: (a) the Government’s solicitation and your offer, and (b) this award/contract. No further contractual document is necessary.

19A.  NAME AND TITLE OF SIGNER (Type or print)

 

Dr. Bertrand C. Liang

 

20A. NAME OF CONTRACTING OFFICER

Francine Hemphill

19B.  NAME OF CONTRACTOR

    19C. DATE SIGNED      

20B. UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

    20C. DATE SIGNED          
   

 

  8/14/15

       

 

  8/14/15

 

  /s/ Bertrand Liang

      BY  

     /s/ Francine Hemphill

     

 (Signature of person authorized to sign)

 

             

  (Signature of Contracting Officer)

 

           

 

  NSN 7540-01-152-8069

  PREVIOUS EDITION UNUSABLE

  

26-107

Computer Generated

  

STANDARD FORM 26 (REV. 4-85)        

 

      Prescribed by GSAFAR (48 CFR) 53.214(a)        

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

1


Contents

 

PART I – THE SCHEDULE

 

SECTION B – SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS

    3   

SECTION C - DESCRIPTION/SPECIFICATIONS/WORK STATEMENT

    9   

SECTION D – PACKAGING, MARKING AND SHIPPING

    11   

SECTION E – INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE

    11   

SECTION F – DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE

    12   

SECTION G - CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA

    22   

SECTION H - SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS

    30   

PART II - CONTRACT CLAUSES

 

SECTION I - CONTRACT CLAUSES

    50   

PART III - LIST OF DOCUMENTS, EXHIBITS AND OTHER ATTACHMENTS

 

SECTION J - LIST OF ATTACHMENTS

    57   

PART IV - REPRESENTATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS

 

SECTION K - REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS

    58   

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 2


PART I – THE SCHEDULE

SECTION B – SUPPLIES OR SERVICES AND PRICES/COSTS

ARTICLE B.1. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF SUPPLIES OR SERVICES

The Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority (BARDA) seeks to support the advanced research and development of a next generation anthrax vaccine that provides significant advantages over the currently licensed Anthrax Vaccine Adsorbed (AVA), or BioThrax®. BioThrax generates a rather low level immune response, thereby requiring multiple doses, and the manufacturer has struggled to improve productivity to the level necessary to fulfill the requirements of the US Strategic National Stockpile.

The referenced BAA states that the next generation anthrax vaccine must include one or more of the following advantages: fewer doses to protection; faster protective immune response; and/or improved storage conditions (e.g. avoidance of cold chain). Through its previous and ongoing work with BARDA’s Division of Strategic Science and Technology (SST).

Pfenex Inc. (Pfenex) has developed two potential vaccine candidates based on the production of a stable mutant variant of recombinant Protective Antigen from Bacillus anthracis (mrPA), antibodies to which are correlated with protection from anthrax disease. Pfenex believe that one or both of the vaccine candidates potentially possess one or more of the advantages sought by BARDA, and thus would fulfill the target profile the government seeks for the next generation recombinant anthrax vaccine.

The Pfenex approach has combined two different efforts to create an improved vaccine candidate. First, Pfenex has investigated mutant rPA antigen identified at the National Institutes of Health (NIH). This antigen, deemed mrPA, lacks specific protease cleavage sites resulting in a more stable antigen yet produces a robust immune response in animals. Second, using the protein expression platform technology, Pfēnex Expression Technology™, have produced mrPA in a specific dual protease-deficient Pseudomonas fluorescens strain, resulting in a scalable fermentation process with titers of properly folded antigen up to [***] and a purification process that can produce multiple grams per liter of purified antigen. Every gram of purified mrPA can potentially produce [***] doses of vaccine assuming [***]. Thus, with the successful development of a highly productive expression strain and production process for mrPA, Pfenex has developed a solution to specifically address the historical challenges related to the low production of recombinant Protective Antigen (rPA), thus potentially allowing the fulfillment of the Strategic National Stockpile statutory requirements.

The Advanced Research and Development effort will progress in specific stages that cover the base work segment and the eight (8) option work segments. Work performed during the base segment and in the eight (8) option segments each constitutes an independent, non-severable discrete work segment that cannot be subdivided for separate performance. Work specified in each work segment is necessary to support the development of recombinant Protective Antigen (rPA) as an MCM. Each of the non-severable, discreet work segments contains multiple activities that when reviewed in total shall satisfy a defined end-product for each segment. The Government has determined that it has a Bona Fide Need for each non-severable discrete work segment. That need will be met upon the completion of the defined task(s) listed in the Work Breakdown Statement (WBS) in the Statement of Work (SoW) for each work segment (See Section J-Attachment 1), the completion of the Milestones in the Contract and submission of the deliverables required in the Contract (See Section J–Attachment 2.). Each work segment provides independent merit and value to the Government. Each work segment will be fully funded from an appropriation source that is current at the time the contract is awarded (Base Work Segment) and at the time the Government exercises each option.

ARTICLE B.2. BASE PERIOD (August 13, 2015, through February 12, 2018)

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 3


  a. The total estimated cost of the base period of the contract excluding fee is [***].

 

  b. The total fixed fee for the base period of performance is [***]

 

  c. The fixed fee for the base period of performance (CLIN 0001) and any exercised cost-reimbursement contract options shall be paid at a rate equal to [***] of actual costs incurred per invoicing period, with the balance of fee payable upon successful completion of all work under each CLIN, up to a maximum fee of [***] subject to the following limitations:

 

    The government shall withhold the payment of a portion of the fee to protect the government’s interest as set forth in Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 52.216-8, Fixed Fee (June 2011). The government shall withhold [***] of the total fixed fee or [***] whichever is less, until after government review and acceptance of the Final Technical Progress Report.

 

  d. The total estimated cost of the base period of the contract, CLIN 0001, represented by the sum of the total estimated cost plus fixed fee is $15,891,600. The government will not be responsible for any Contractor-incurred costs that exceed this amount unless a modification to the contract is signed by the Contracting Officer which expressly increases this amount.

 

  e. The Contractor shall maintain records of all contract costs and such records shall be subject to FAR 52.215-2 (Oct 2010), Audit and Records-Negotiation, and Health and Human Services Acquisition Regulation (HHSAR) 352.242-74, Final Decisions on Audit Findings, incorporated by reference into this contract in SECTION I.

 

CLIN

  

Estimated

Period of

Performance

  

Supplies/Services

   Total
Estimated
Cost
    Fixed
Fee
    Total
Estimated
Cost Plus
Fixed Fee
 

0001

   08/13/2015-02/12/2018    PHASE 1A STUDY AND CONTINUATION OF STABILITY STUDIES      [***     [***   $ 15,891,600   

ARTICLE B.3. OPTION PRICES

Pursuant to FAR 52.217-9, Option to Extend the Term of the Contract (Mar 2000), set forth in full in ARTICLE I.3 of this contract, the government may, by unilateral contract modification, require the Contractor to perform discrete portions of additional work as specified in the Statement of Work.

Unless the government exercises one or more optional CLINs, the contract consists only of the base work specified in the Statement of Work as defined in SECTIONS C and F, with estimated costs set forth in ARTICLE B.2 of the contract.

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 4


CLIN

   Option   

Estimated

Period of

Perf.

  

Supplies/

Services

   Total Est.
Cost
    Fixed
Fee
    Total Est.
Cost Plus
Fixed Fee
 

0002

   1    08/12/2015-11/03/2016    [***]      [***     [***     [***

0003

   2    11/24/2016-02/24/2019    [***]      [***     [***     [***

0004

   3    05/27/2018-08/02/2020    [***]      [***     [***     [***

0005

   4    11/16/2015-08/19/2016    [***]      [***     [***     [***

0006

   5    11/24/2016 – 12/08/2017    [***]      [***     [***     [***

0007

   6    01/09/2016-08/05/2020    [***]      [***     [***     [***

0008

   7    11/24/2016-08/09/2020    [***]      [***     [***     [***

0009

   8    12/24/2016-05/13/2017    [***]      [***     [***     [***

ARTICLE B.4. LIMITATIONS APPLICABLE TO DIRECT COSTS

 

  a. Items Unallowable Unless Otherwise Provided

Notwithstanding the clause FAR 52.216-7, Allowable Cost and Payment, incorporated in this contract, unless authorized in writing by the Contracting Officer in the form of a Contracting Officer Authorization (COA), the costs of the following items or activities shall be unallowable as direct costs:

 

  1. Acquisition, by purchase or lease, of any interest in real property;

 

  2. Special rearrangement or alteration of facilities;

 

  3. Purchase or lease of any item of general purpose office furniture or office equipment regardless of dollar value. (General purpose equipment is defined as any items of personal property which are usable for purposes other than research, such as office equipment and furnishings, pocket calculators, etc.);

 

  4. Travel to attend general scientific meetings, subject to limitation under Article B.4.b.1;

 

  5. Foreign travel;

 

  6. Subcontractor and/or Consultant costs;

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 5


  7. Patient Care Costs;

 

  8. Accountable government property (defined as both real and personal property with an acquisition cost of $1,000 or more and a life expectancy of more than two years) and “sensitive items” regardless of acquisition value (Section J, Attachment 6).

 

  9. Printing Costs (as defined in the government Printing and Binding Regulations).

 

  10. Light Refreshment and Meal Expenditures are not authorized.

 

  11. Costs for meeting room or conference space used for face to face meetings with United States government (USG) staff in the performance of this contract at Government or Contractor facilities are not authorized.

 

  b. Travel Costs

 

  1. Total expenditures for all travel (transportation, lodging, subsistence, and incidental expenses) incurred by the Prime Contractor in direct performance of this contract during the base period shall not exceed [***] without the prior written approval of the Contracting Officer. Cost must be consistent with FAR 52.247-63 – Preference for U.S. - Flag Air Carriers.

 

  2. The Contactor shall invoice and be reimbursed for all travel costs in accordance with FAR 31.205-46, Travel Costs and GSA Per Diem Rates (www.gsa.gov/perdiem).

 

  3. Requests for foreign travel must be submitted at least four weeks in advance and shall contain the following:

(i) meeting(s) and place(s) to be visited, with costs and dates;

(ii) names(s) and title(s) of Contractor personnel to travel and their functions in the contract project;

(iii) contract purpose to be served by the travel;

(iv) how travel of Contractor personnel will benefit and contribute to accomplishing the contract project, or will otherwise justify the expenditure of AMCG contract funds;

(v) how such advantages justify the costs for travel and absence from the project of more than one person if such are suggested; and

(vi) what additional functions may be performed by the travelers to accomplish other purpose of the contact and thus further benefit the project.

ARTICLE B.5. ADVANCE UNDERSTANDINGS

 

  a. Subcontracts

Prior written consent from the Contracting Officer in the form of a Contracting Officer Authorization (COA) is required for any subcontract that:

Is of the cost-reimbursement type or Time-and-Materials (T&M);

Is Fixed-Price and exceeds [***] or [***] of the total estimated cost of the Contract.

The Contracting Officer shall request appropriate supporting documentation in order to review and determine authorization, pursuant with FAR Clause 52.244-2, Subcontracts (Alternate I). After receiving written consent of the subcontract by the Contracting Officer, a copy of the signed, executed subcontract and consulting agreement shall be

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 6


provided to the Contracting Officer within ten (10) calendar days.

Note: Consulting services are treated as subcontracts and subject to the ‘consent to subcontract’ provisions set forth in this Article.

 

  b. Security

The contractor is required to secure an approved Security Plan unless an approved waiver is obtained for this effort. A security waiver may be requested through the Contracting Officer. In the event a security waiver cannot successfully be attained, the Government will notify the Contractor who will subsequently be required to deliver a security plan to the Government, conforming within the following paragraphs.

The work to be performed under this contract will involve access to sensitive Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority [BARDA] program information. Upon contract award, the Program Protection Officer (PPO) will request submission of and review the Draft Security Plan in detail and submit comments within ten (10) business days to the CO to be forwarded to the Contractor. The Contractor shall review the Draft Security Plan comments, and if changes are required, submit a Final Security Plan to the U.S. Government within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of the Program Protection Officer’s (PPO) comments. The Final Security Plan shall include a timeline for compliance of all the required security measures. Upon completion of initiating all security measures, the Contractor shall supply to the CO and Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) a letter certifying compliance to the elements outlined in the Final Security Plan. The execution of the work under this contract shall be in accordance with the approved Final Security Plan. The Contractor shall ensure that the storage, generation, transmission or exchanging of BARDA sensitive information has the appropriate security controls in place. At a minimum, the Final Security Plan shall address the following items:

Personnel Security Policies and Procedures including, but not limited to: Recruitment of new employees; Interview process; Personnel background checks; Suitability/adjudication policy; Access determination; Rules of behavior/conduct; Termination procedures; Non-disclosure agreements.

Physical Security Policies and Procedures including but not limited to: Internal/external access control; Identification/badge requirements; Facility visitor access; Parking areas and access; Barriers/perimeter fencing; Shipping, receiving and transport (on and off- site); Security lighting; Restricted areas; Signage; Intrusion detection systems; Closed circuit television; Other control measures.

Information Security Policies and Procedures including but not limited to: Identification of sensitive information; Access control/determination; Secured storage infrastructure; Document control; Retention/destruction requirements.

Information Technology Security Policies and Procedures including but not limited to: Intrusion detection and prevention systems; firewalls, Encryption systems; Identification of sensitive information/media; Passwords; Removable media; Laptop policy; Media access control/determination; Secure storage; System document control; System backup; System disaster recovery.

Security Reporting Requirement - Violations of established security protocols shall be reported to the CO and COR within 24 hours of the contractor’s discovery of any compromise, intrusion, loss or interference of its security processes and procedures. The Contractor shall ensure that all software components that are not required for the operation and maintenance of the database/control system have been removed and/or disabled. The Contractor shall provide to the CO and the COR information appropriate

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 7


to Information and Information Technology software and service updates and/or workarounds to mitigate all vulnerabilities associated with the data and shall maintain the required level of system security.

The Contractor will investigate violations to determine the cause, extent, loss or compromise of sensitive program information, and corrective actions taken to prevent future violations. The CO in coordination with BARDA will determine the severity of the violation. Any contractual actions resulting from the violation will be determined by the Contracting Officer.

 

  c. Confidential Treatment of Sensitive Information

The Contractor shall, to the extent permitted by law, guarantee strict confidentiality of sensitive/confidential information/data that is provided by the USG during the performance of the contract. The USG has determined that certain information/data that the Contractor will be provided during the performance of the contract is of a sensitive nature.

Disclosure of confidential/sensitive information/data, in whole or in part, by the Contractor can only be made after the Contractor receives prior written approval from the Contracting Officer. Whenever the Contractor is uncertain with regard to the proper handling of information/data under the contract, the Contractor shall obtain a written determination from the Contracting Officer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, such information/data shall not be deemed of a sensitive or confidential nature with respect to the Contractor for purposes of this contract if such information/data: (a) was already known to the Contractor other than by prior disclosure by the USG or discovered through work under a prior USG contract; (b) was generally available or known, or was otherwise part of the public domain, at the time of its disclosure to the Contractor; (c) became generally available or known, or otherwise became part of the public domain, after its disclosure to, or, with respect to the information/data by, the Contractor through no fault of the Contractor; (d) was disclosed to the Contractor, other than under an obligation of confidentiality or non-use, by a third party who had no obligation to the USG that controls such information/data not to disclose such information/data to others; or (e) was independently discovered or developed by the Contractor, as evidenced by its written records, without the use of information/data belonging to the USG.

The Contractor may disclose information/data of a sensitive nature provided by the USG to the extent that such disclosure is: (a) made in response to a valid order of a court of competent jurisdiction (b) otherwise required by law or regulation, (c) made by the Contractor to the Regulatory Authorities as required in connection with any filing, application or request for Regulatory Approval; provided, however, that reasonable measures shall be taken to assure confidential treatment of such information/data.

 

  d. Sharing of contract deliverables within United States Government (USG)

In an effort to build a robust medical countermeasure pipeline through increased collaboration, BARDA may share technical deliverables with USG entities responsible for Medical Countermeasure Development. In accordance with recommendations from the Public Health Emergency Medical Countermeasure Enterprise Review, agreements established in the Integrated Portfolio Advisory Committee (PAC) Charter, and agreements between BARDA and the Department of Defense and the National Institutes of Health, BARDA may share technical deliverables and data created in the performance of this contract with colleagues within the Integrated Portfolio. This advance understanding does not authorize BARDA to share financial information outside of the United States Government. The Contractor is advised to review the

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 8


terms of FAR 52.227-14, Rights in Data – General, regarding the government’s rights to deliverables submitted during performance as well as the government’s rights to data contained within those deliverables.

 

  e. Review of Protocols

The Contractor shall submit all protocols as referenced under this Contract to the COR for review. The Government requires no fewer than eight (8) business days to perform a review. The Contractor shall take this review time into account and submit protocols as early as possible to avoid delays. The Government’s comments and feedback shall be addressed prior commencement of the studies. The Contractor shall not commence with studies until a mutual agreement has been reached with the Government on the protocol(s).

 

  f. Limited Rights Data

The contract incorporates the Alternate II to FAR Clause 52.227-14, Rights in Data—general, pursuant to FAR Clause 52.227-14 (g)(3). In the event that the U.S. Government requires the delivery of pre-existing privately funded data, Pfenex, will identify that specific pre-existing privately funded data and that data will be marked with the limited rights notice specified under FAR Clause 52.227-14 (g)(3)(a).

 

  g. FDA Submissions

“Except as noted in Section B.5.e above with respect to the original protocol submission, any documents and/or reports that need to be provided to the FDA, but are not generated under this contract, are exempt from the time required for BARDA’s review. However, BARDA must be notified in advance of documents and/or reports being submitted.”

 

  h. Access Limitations

The US Government may only conduct or participate in audits, site visits and inspections and require delivery of documentation hereunder of activities funded by this contract.

 

  i. Clinical Hold Costs

Notwithstanding the provisions of Article H.1.2.iii below, the parties agree that Contractor may use contract funds during a clinical hold for activities related to patients coming off the study, monitoring of patients, winding down the study or for developing a plan and completing the activities to address the issues that caused or contributed to the clinical hold.

 

  j. [***]

SECTION C - DESCRIPTION/SPECIFICATIONS/WORK STATEMENT

ARTICLE C.1. STATEMENT OF WORK

Independently and not as an agent of the government, the Contractor shall furnish all the necessary services, qualified personnel, material, equipment, and facilities not otherwise provided by the government as needed to perform the Statement of Work dated April 17, 2015, set forth in SECTION J - List of Attachments, attached hereto and made a part of the contract.

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 9


ARTICLE C.2. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

Refer to ARTICLE F.2 for specific instructions regarding Reporting Requirements.

ARTICLE C.3. EARNED VALUE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (EVMS) IMPLEMENTATION REQUIREMENTS

The Contractor and BARDA agree that the EVMS implementation requirements that are contained in the contract are limited to the implementation requirements outlined by the 7 Principles of Earned Value Management Tier 3 System Implementation Intent Guide contained in the Attachments (Section J.) of the contract. The total amount of this contract reflects the use of the 7 Principles of EVMS Implementation.

Refer to Article F.2. for specifics on EVMS deliverables.

ARTICLE C.4. PROJECT MEETING CONFERENCE CALLS

A conference call between the Contracting Officer’s Representative and designees and the Contractor’s Project Leader/delegate and designees shall occur bi-weekly or as otherwise mutually agreed upon by the USG and the Contractor or determined by the Contracting Officer. During this call the Contractor’s Project Leader/delegate and designees will discuss the activities since the last call, any problems that have arisen and the activities planned until the next call takes place. The Contractor’s Project Leader/delegate may choose to include other key personnel on the conference call to give detailed updates on specific projects or this may be requested by the Contracting Officer’s Representative. Electronic copy of conference call meeting minutes/summaries shall be provided via e-mail to the CO, COR, and uploaded in e-room by the Contractor within five (5) business days after the conference call is held.

ARTICLE C.5. OTHER PROJECT MEETINGS

 

  a. Kickoff Meeting

The Contractor and USG shall conduct a kickoff meeting within 30 calendar days after contract award. Contractor shall provide an itinerary/agenda no later than 5 business days before meeting. Minutes from the kickoff meeting must be provided within 10 business days of the event.

 

  b. Quarterly and Ad-Hoc Meetings

The contractor shall participate in Project Meetings to coordinate the performance of the contract, as requested by the Contracting Officer’s Representative. These meetings may include face-to-face meetings with AMCG and BARDA in Washington, D.C. and at work sites of the Contractor and subcontractors. Such meetings may include, but are not limited to, meetings of the Contractor to discuss study designs, site visits to the Contractor’s facilities, and meetings with the Contractor and HHS officials to discuss the technical, regulatory, and ethical aspects of the program. Subject to the data rights provisions in this contract, the Contractor will provide data, reports, and presentations to groups of outside experts and USG personnel as required by the Contracting Officer’s Representative in order to facilitate review of contract activities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the USG shall ensure that any non-USG personnel receiving such information from Contractor or the USG shall be subject to non-disclosure agreements that require appropriate protections for Contractor’s confidential or proprietary data. Contractor shall provide itinerary/agenda at least 5 business days in advance of face-to-face meeting.

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 10


  c. F ace-to-Face Project Review Meetings

The contractor shall, at a time to be determined later, present a comprehensive review of contract progress to date in a face-to-face meeting in Washington, DC. The contractor will be responsible for updating BARDA program on technical progress under the Statement of Work.

Presentation must be delivered seven (7) business days prior to the scheduled meeting.

SECTION D – PACKAGING, MARKING AND SHIPPING

All deliverables required under this contract shall be packaged, marked and shipped in accordance with USG specifications. At a minimum, all deliverables shall be marked with the contract number and Contractor name.

Unless otherwise specified by the Contracting Officer, delivery of reports to be furnished to the USG under this contract (including invoices) shall be delivered to AMCG and BARDA electronically along with a concurrent email notification to the Contracting Officer, Contract Specialist, and COR (as defined in SECTION F.3. ELECTRONIC SUBMISSION) summarizing the electronic delivery.

SECTION E – INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE

ARTICLE E.1. FAR 52.252-2, CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (FEBRUARY 1998)

This contract incorporates the following clauses by reference, with the same force and effect as if they were given in full text. Upon request, the Contracting Officer will make their full text available. Also, the full text of a clause may be accessed electronically at these addresses: https://www.acquisition.gov/FAR/ . HHSAR Clauses at: http://www.hhs.gov/policies/hhsar/subpart352.html .

 

FAR Clause

  

Title and Date

52.242-15    Stop Work Order (Aug 1989)
52.246-9    Inspection of Research and Development (Short Form) (Apr 1984)

ARTICLE E.2. DESIGNATION OF GOVERNMENT PERSONNEL

For the purpose of this SECTION E, the designated Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) is the authorized representative of the Contracting Officer. The COR will assist in resolving technical issues that arise during performance. The COR however is not authorized to change any contract terms or authorize any changes in the Statement of Work or modify or extend the period of performance, or authorize reimbursement of any costs incurred during performance.

ARTICLE E.3. INSPECTION, ACCEPTANCE AND CONTRACT MONITORING

Inspection and acceptance of the materials services and documentation called for herein shall be accomplished by the Contracting Officer or a duly authorized representative.

Inspection and acceptance will be performed at:

Office of Acquisition Management, Contracts, and Grants (AMCG) Office of the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response

U.S. Department of Health and Human Services 330

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 11


Independence Avenue, S.W., Room G644 Washington, D.C. 20201

 

  a. Site Visits and Inspections

At the discretion of the USG and independent of activities conducted by the Contractor, with 48 hours’ notice to the contractor, the USG reserves the right to conduct site visits and inspections on an as needed basis including collection of product samples and intermediates held at the location of the contractor, or subcontractor. All costs reasonably incurred by the Contractor and subcontractor for such visit and/or inspection shall be allowable costs subject to the Allowable cost requirements in FAR Subpart 31.2. The Contractor shall coordinate these visits and shall have the opportunity to accompany the USG on any such visits. Under time-sensitive or critical situations, the USG reserves the right to suspend the 48 hour notice to the Contractor. The areas included under the site visit could include, but are not limited to: security, regulatory and quality systems, manufacturing processes and cGMP/GLP/GCP compliance.

If the USG, Contractor, or other party identifies any issues during an audit, the Contractor shall capture the issues, identify potential solutions, and provide a report to the USG for review and acceptance.

 

    If issues are identified during the audit, the Contractor shall submit a report to the CO and COR within five (5) business days detailing the finding and corrective action(s) of the audit.

 

    COR and CO will review the report and provide a response to the Contractor within ten (10) business days.

 

    Once corrective action is completed, the Contractor will provide a final report to the CO and COR.

SECTION F – DELIVERIES OR PERFORMANCE

ARTICLE F.1. PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE

Base Period

Under CLIN 0001, the estimated period of performance for the base performance segment of this contract shall be from August 13, 2015 through February 12, 2018 (18 months).

Option CLINs

 

CLIN

  

Option

  

Estimated Period of Performance

  

Supplies/Services

0002    1    08/12/2015-11/03/2016    SEE ATTACHMENT 2
0003    2    11/24/2016-02/24/2019    SEE ATTACHMENT 2
0004    3    05/27/2018-08/02/2020    SEE ATTACHMENT 2
0005    4    11/16/2015 – 08/19/2016    SEE ATTACHMENT 2
0006    5    11/24/2016 – 12/08/2017    SEE ATTACHMENT 2

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 12


0007    6    01/09/2016 – 08/05/2020    SEE ATTACHMENT 2
0008    7    11/24/2016-08/09/2020    SEE ATTACHMENT 2
0009    8    12/24/2016-05/13/2017    SEE ATTACHMENT 2

NOTE: Base period and all option periods (if exercised in accordance with FAR clause FAR clause 52.217-09, Option to Extend the Term of the Contract (Mar 2000), shall not exceed sixty (60) months.

ARTICLE F.2. DELIVERABLES

Successful performance of the final contract shall be deemed to occur upon completion of performance of the work set forth in the Statement of Work dated April 17, 2015, set forth in SECTION J - List of Attachments of this contract and upon delivery and acceptance, as required by the Statement of Work, by the Contracting Officer, of each of the deliverables described in SECTION C, SECTION F, and SECTION J, Attachment 2, “Contract WBS Milestones and Related Deliverables”.

All deliverables and reporting documents listed within this section shall be delivered electronically (as defined in SECTION F.3. ELECTRONIC SUBMISSION) to the CO, CS, and the COR unless otherwise specified by the Contracting Officer.

 

  a. Summary of Contract Deliverables

Unless otherwise specified by the Contracting Officer, the deliverables identified in this SECTION F shall also be delivered electronically to the designated eRoom along with a concurrent email notification sent to the Contracting Officer, Contract Specialist, COR, and Alternate COR stating delivery has been made.

All paper/hardcopy documents/reports submitted under this contract shall be printed or copied, double-sided, on at least 30 percent post-consumer fiber paper, whenever practicable, in accordance with FAR 4.302(b). Hard copies of deliverables and reports furnished to the USG under the resultant Contract (including invoices) shall be addressed as follows:

HHS/ASPR/AMCG

ATTN: Francine Hemphill, Contracting Officer 330

Independence Avenue, S.W., Room G640

Washington, DC 20201

Email: Francine.hemphill@hhs.gov

HHS/ASPR/BARDA

ATTN: Daniel Wolfe, Contracting Officer’s Representative

330 Independence Avenue, S.W., Room G640

Washington, DC 20201

Email: Daniel.wolfe2@hhs.gov

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 13


Technical Reports

Item

  

Deliverable

  

Description

  

Deliverable Schedule

1    Bi-weekly Teleconference and Meeting Minutes    The Contractor shall prepare minutes of all “Project Meetings and “Project Meeting Conference Calls” as defined in Article C. of this contract. In preparation for bi-weekly calls, briefing materials, including the agenda and documents and information to be discussed will be prepared as needed.   

Contractor shall provide teleconference agenda and related materials twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the call.

 

Contractor provides meeting minutes to COR within five (5) business days of the meeting. COR reviews, comments, and approves minutes within 15 business days of receipt.

2    Draft Security Plan    Draft Security Plan as detailed in Article B.5.d.    Within 10 th calendar days following the effective date of the contract
3    Monthly Technical Progress Report and Invoice    Monthly Progress report shall address the progress occurring over the corresponding period of time. See below, ARTICLE F.2.(b), “Detailed Description of Select Contract Deliverables,” for detailed instructions. Additionally, submission of the Monthly Technical Progress Report will contain the invoice for actual costs incurred during the previous month that work was performed under the contract. The costs incurred in the invoice will be justified in a summary report contained within the Monthly Technical Progress Report.    The 20 th calendar day of each month following the first full month of the contract award. The Monthly Progress Report will not be required in months when an Annual or Final Technical Progress Report is due.
4    Annual Progress Report    Annual Progress report shall address the progress occurring over the corresponding period of time. See below, Article F.2.(b), “Detailed Description of Select Contract Deliverables,” for detailed instruction.    The 15 th calendar day of the month following the end of each 12-month performance period. The Monthly Progress Report will not be required in months when an Annual Progress report is due
5   

In-Process Review (GO/NO GO

Decision Gate) Presentation

   In preparation for the IPR, the Contractor shall prepare a presentation demonstrating the technical progress made towards completion of the tasks under each work segment. The presentation shall demonstrate the status or completion of the milestones and deliverables as specified under Section F and Attachment J.2.   

The presentation must be submitted to the CO/COR thirty (30) business days prior to the IPR IPR for BARDA review and comment. Subsequently, a revised/final presentation will be required ten (10) business days prior to the IPR.

 

The CO will provide a written response within ten (10) business days on the decision to exercise or not exercise an option.

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 14


6    Earned Value Management Report    As described in Article C.3.    The 20 th calendar day of each month following the first full month of the contract award.
7    Draft Final Technical Progress Report    A draft Final Report containing a summation of the work performed under each task and subtask and the results obtained for the entire contract Period of Performance (PoP). The draft report shall be duly marked as “Draft.” BARDA will provide comments that the Contractor shall incorporate into the Final Technical Progress Report.    Forty-five (45) calendar days before the completion date of the contract.
8    Final Technical Progress Report    A Final Report containing a summation of the work performed and the results obtained for the entire contract Period of Performance (PoP).    Thirty (30) calendar days after the end of the technical period of performance.
9    Summary of Salient Results    Contractor shall submit, with the Final Report, a summary (not to exceed 200 words) of salient results achieved during the performance of the contract.    On or before the expiration date of the contract.
10    Deviation Notification. Changes to Execution of Planned Tasks and Mitigation Strategy    In order to process for changing tasks, including activities associated with task content, cost and schedule per IMP/Gantt baseline, the Contractor shall notify the Government of significant changes, justification, and rationale for proposed alternative in writing. Cost reallocation and reconciliation of the budget should be included. Contractor shall provide a high-level management strategy for risk mitigation and update the Risk Management Plan   

Notice due within 1 week after discovery or need for changes to product development plan per Gantt identified.

 

Contractor shall revise the IMP/Gantt within thirty (30) calendar days, update monthly s part of the Monthly Progress Report, and update the Risk Management Plan.

 

Contractor must address, in writing, all concerns raised by BARDA and re-submit a IMP/GANTT that reflects or addresses BARDA’s concerns.

11    Development Report    Final Reports detailing the parameters and capacity of upstream and downstream conditions.    Upon successful completion.

 

Other Technical Reports

Item

  

Deliverable

  

Deliverable Schedule

12    Audit Reports    Within fifteen (15) calendar days of the audit (see F.2.b.4 below)
13   

FDA/Regulatory Agency

 

Correspond. & Meeting Summaries

   Within five (5) business days of each meeting for Contractor’s minutes and upon receipt of minutes from FDA/regulatory agency.

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 15


14    FDA/Regulatory Agency Submissions   

BARDA shall provide comment within five (5) business days after receipt. BARDA reserves the right to request more than 5 business days for review of any regulatory submission that is of significant length.

 

The Contractor shall inform BARDA of the anticipated submission length so BARDA can make a determination if more than 5 business days will be needed to complete its review of the document.

15    Supplemental Technical Documents   

Upon request. Contractor shall provide CO and COR with deliverables from the following contract funded activities: Process Development Reports; Stability Assay Reports; Assay Qualification Plan/Report; Assay Validation Plan/Report; Assay Technology Transfer Report; Batch Records; Contractor/

 

Subcontractor Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs); Master Production Records; Certificate of Analysis; Clinical Studies Data or Reports. The CO and COR reserve the right to request within the PoP a nonproprietary technical document for distribution within the USG.

 

Contractor shall provide technical document within 5 business days of CO or COR request.

 

Contractor can request additional time on an as-needed basis.

 

*If corrective action is recommended, the Contractor must address, in writing, concerns raised by BARDA.

16   

Invention Report

 

Annual Utilization Report

   Due on or before the 30 th of the month following each 12-month period of performance.
17    Final Invention Report    Due on or before the completion date of the contract.
18    Kickoff Meeting    Within thirty (30) calendar days of contract award.

 

  b. Detailed Description of Select Contract Deliverables

 

  1. Monthly Progress Report

This report shall include a description of the activities during the reporting period, and the activities planned for the ensuing reporting period. The first reporting period consists of the first full month of performance plus any fractional part of the initial month. Thereafter, the reporting period shall consist of each calendar month.

The Contractor shall submit a Monthly Progress Report on or before the 15th calendar day following the last day of each reporting period and shall include the following:

A cover page that includes the contract number and title; the type of report and period that it covers; the Contractor’s name, address, telephone number, fax number, and e-mail address; and the date of submission;

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 16


SECTION I - An introduction covering the purpose and scope of the contract effort;

SECTION II – PROGRESS

SECTION II Part A: OVERALL PROGRESS - A description of overall progress;

SECTION II Part B: MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATIVE UPDATE - A

description of all meetings, conference calls, etc. that have taken place during the reporting period. Include progress on administration and management issues (e.g. evaluating and managing subcontractor performance and personnel changes);

SECTION II Part C: TECHNICAL PROGRESS - For each activity related to the Gantt chart, document the results of work completed and costs incurred during the period covered in relation to proposed progress, effort and budget. The report shall be in sufficient detail to explain comprehensively the results achieved. The description shall include pertinent data and/or graphs in sufficient detail to explain any significant results achieved and preliminary conclusions resulting from analysis and scientific evaluation of data accumulated to date under the contract. Include progress or status updates for all SOW tasks in each of the monthly technical progress reports for which there is activity ongoing in that SOW task area(s) as well as data for completed studies in any SOW task. The report shall also include a description of problems encountered and proposed corrective action; differences between planned and actual progress, why the differences have occurred and what corrective actions are planned; preliminary conclusions resulting from analysis and scientific evaluation of data accumulated to date under the project.

SECTION II Part D: PROPOSED WORK - A summary of work proposed for the next reporting period and preprints/reprints of papers and abstracts, and a current/updated Gantt chart.

SECTION II Part E: Outstanding Issues/Anticipated Areas of Concern - a list of any existing contractual concerns that impact the technical scope of work, schedule, or cost, as well as a list of potential or anticipated areas of concern that may be encountered in the future months.

A Monthly Progress Report will not be required in the same month that the Annual or Final Technical Progress Reports are submitted.

 

  2. Annual Progress Reporting Requirement

This report shall include a summation of the activities during the reporting period, and the activities planned for the ensuing reporting period. The first reporting period consists of the first full year of performance plus any fractional part of the initial year. Thereafter, the reporting period shall consist of each calendar year.

The Contractor shall submit an Annual Progress Report on or before the 15th calendar day following the last day of each reporting period and shall include the following:

A cover page that includes the contract number and title; the type of report and period that it covers; the Contractor’s name, address, telephone number, fax

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 17


number, and e-mail address; and the date of submission;

SECTION I-EXECUTIVE SUMMARY - A brief overview of the work completed and major accomplishments achieved during the reporting period.

SECTION II-PROGRESS

SECTION II Part A: OVERALL PROGRESS - A description of overall progress highlighting the significant accomplishments in the past year;

SECTION II Part B: MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATIVE UPDATE - A description of all meetings, conference calls, etc. that have taken place during the reporting period. Include progress on administration and management issues (e.g. evaluating and managing subcontractor performance and personnel changes);

SECTION II Part C: TECHNICAL PROGRESS - For each activity, document the results of work completed and cost incurred during the period covered in relation to proposed progress, effort and budget. The report shall be in sufficient detail to explain comprehensively the results achieved. The description shall include pertinent data and/or graphs in sufficient detail to explain any significant results achieved and preliminary conclusions resulting from analysis and scientific evaluation of data accumulated to date under the contract. The report shall include a description of problems encountered and proposed corrective action; differences between planned and actual progress, why the differences have occurred and what corrective actions are planned; preliminary conclusions resulting from analysis and scientific evaluation of data accumulated to date under the project. The report should summarize progress made under each SOW task.

SECTION II Part D: PROPOSED WORK - A summary of work proposed for the next reporting period; and preprints/reprints of papers, abstracts and a current Gantt chart.

A Monthly and Annual Progress Report will not be required for the period when the Final Technical Progress Report is due and a Monthly Progress Report will not be required in the same month that the Annual Progress Report is submitted.

Draft Final Technical Progress Report and Final Technical Progress Report

These reports are to include a summation of the work performed and results obtained for the entire contract period of performance, detailing accomplishments for each task. This report shall be in sufficient detail to describe comprehensively the results achieved. The Draft Final Report and Final Report shall be submitted in accordance with the DELIVERIES Article in SECTION F of the contract. The Draft Final Technical Progress Report shall be submitted forty-five (45) calendar days before completion date of the contract and the Final Technical Progress Report shall be submitted 30 Calendar days post technical period of performance. The report shall conform to the following format:

Cover page to include the contract number, contract title, performance period covered, Contractor’s name and address, telephone number, fax number, e-mail address and submission date;

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 18


SECTION I: EXECUTIVE SUMMARY - Summarize the purpose and scope of the contract effort including a summary of the major accomplishments relative to the specific activities set forth in the Statement of Work.;

SECTION II: RESULTS - A detailed description of the work performed related to the Gantt chart, the results obtained, and the impact of the results on the scientific and/or public health community, including a listing of all manuscripts (published and in preparation) and abstracts presented during the entire period of performance, and a summary of all inventions.

Draft Final Technical Progress Report : The Contractor is required to submit the Draft Final Technical Progress Report to the Contracting Officer’s Representative and Contracting Officer. This report is due forty-five (45) calendar days before the completion date of the contract. The Contracting Officer’s Representative and Contracting Officer will review the Draft Final Technical Progress Report and provide the Contractor with comments within fifteen (15) calendar days after receipt.

Final Technical Progress Report : The contractor shall incorporate all BARDA comments into the Final Technical Progress Report. The Contractor will deliver the final version of the Final Technical Progress Report 30 Calendar days post technical period of performance.

 

  3. Summary of Salient Results

On or before the expiration of the contract the Contractor shall submit, with the Final Technical Progress Report, a summary (not to exceed 200 words) of salient results achieved during the performance of the contract.

 

  4. Audit Reports

Within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt of an audit report related to conformance to FDA regulations and guidance including adherence to GLP, GMP, GCP guidelines, the Contractor shall provide copies of the audit report (so long as received from the FDA) and a plan for addressing areas of nonconformance to FDA regulations and guidelines for GLP, GMP, or GCP guidelines as identified in the final audit report.

 

  5. Copies of FDA/Regulatory Agency Correspondence and Meeting Summaries

 

    Within five business days of any formal meeting with the FDA or other regulatory agency, the contractor shall forward the initial draft minutes to BARDA. The contractor shall forward final draft minutes when available.

 

    Within five business days of any informal meeting with the FDA or other regulatory agency, the contractor shall forward the final draft minutes to BARDA.

 

    The contractor shall forward the dates and times of any meeting with the FDA and other regulatory agencies to BARDA and make arrangements for appropriate BARDA staff to attend the meetings.

 

   

The contractor shall provide BARDA the opportunity to review and comment upon any documents to be submitted to the FDA or other regulatory agency. The contractor shall provide BARDA with five (5)

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 19


 

business days in which to review and provide comments back to the contractor prior to the contractor’s submission to the FDA.

 

    The contractor shall forward Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) upon request from Project Officer/Contracting Officer.

 

    The contractor shall provide upon request animal study and/or other technology packages developed under this contract. Packages shall include complete protocols and critical reagents for animal models developed and/or improved with contract funding.

 

    The contractor shall provide upon request raw data and/or specific analysis of data generated with USG funds.

 

  6. Other Reports/Deliverables

 

    Government Rights in Data and Inventions

Technology packages developed under the contract that include complete protocols and critical reagents developed and/or improved with contract funding must be submitted at the request of the Contracting Officer’s Representative.

 

    Institutional Biosafety Approval

The Contractor shall provide documentation of materials submitted for Institutional Biosafety Committee Review and documentation of approval of experiments at the request of the Contracting Officer’s Representative.

 

    Experimental Protocols

The Contractor shall submit all study/experiment/test plans, designs, and protocols.

 

  7. Data

The Contractor shall provide data and/or specific analysis of data generated with contract funding at the request of the Contracting Officer’s Representative.

Earned Value Management (EVM) Deliverables

 

  i. Earned Value Management (EVM) / Contract Performance Report (CPR)

Contractor will provide a monthly CPR at an agreed upon reporting level using WBS and Variance Analysis report formats agreed upon by ASPR after EVM is implemented. The supplemental monthly Control Account Plan (CAP) report shall contain, at the work package level, time phased budget (budgeted cost of work scheduled), earned value (budgeted cost of work performed), and actual costs of work performed as captured in Contractor’s EVM systems. The Contractor shall provide a rationale in the package of its use of % complete as EVMS methodology, or identity if any other EVMS methodology is being used.

 

   

Contractor shall provide EVM/CPR as part of the Monthly Progress Report (this requirement begins only as set forth in the Contract Milestones &

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 20


 

Related Deliverables table)

 

    Contractor shall provide top level or key changes in baseline cost as a result of anticipated cost savings or risks

 

    In accordance with FAR 52.215-2, Audit and Records-Negotiation (Oct 2010), the USG may request, on a monthly or ad hoc basis that the Contractor provide raw data at a reporting level or lower level as ASPR deems necessary.

 

    Contractor must address, in writing, all concerns raised by the USG.

 

    Reporting will commence after the EVM system has been implemented but no later than six (6) months after start of base period.

 

  ii. Integrated Master Plan (IMP)

The Contractor shall provide an IMP including WBS, critical path milestones, and Earned Value Management Plan

 

    Contractor shall provide the draft IMP within 180 days of contract award with final due 8 months after award and updated monthly as part of the Monthly Progress Report

 

    Contractor must address, in writing, all concerns raised by the USG.

 

  iii. Performance Measurement Baseline Review (PMBR)

PMBR Report shall address each of the items listed below and be cross- referenced to the IMP, WBS, SOW, and Risk Management Plan.

 

    Contractor provides baseline proposal

 

    Responsibility Assignment Matrix

 

    A description of the work scope through control account Work Authorization Documents and/or WBS Dictionary down to the agreed upon control account level.

 

    Template for work packages

 

    Integrated Master Schedule (IMS) with the inclusion of agreed major milestones and control account plans for all control accounts

 

    Baseline revision documentation and program log(s) risk management plan

 

    PMBR is due within one year of contract award

 

    Contractor shall provide baseline proposal .ppt briefing 10 business days prior to meeting

 

    Contractor provides agenda to COR 2 business days in advance of meeting

 

    COR approves (with CO concurrence) and distributes agenda

 

    COR approves (with CO concurrence) all meeting material

 

    Contactor provides minutes with 2 business days of the meeting

 

    COR reviews and approves (with CO concurrence) minutes

 

    ASPR will review documentation and provide written comments and questions to Contractor

 

    Contractor shall address BARDA’s comments and resubmit PMBR report for BARDA approval within 10 business days.

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 21


  iv. Risk Management Plan

The Contractor shall provide a Risk Management Plan that outlines the impacts of each risk in relation to the cost, schedule, and performance objectives. The plan shall include risk mitigation strategies. Each risk mitigation strategy will capture how the corrective action will reduce impacts on cost, schedule and performance.

 

    Due within 90 days of contract award

 

    Contractor provides updated Risk Management Plan in Monthly Progress Report

 

    ASPR shall provide Contractor with a written list of concerns in response plan submitted

 

    Contractor must address, in writing, all concerns raised by ASPR within 20 business days of Contractor’s receipt of ASPR’s concerns.

 

  v. Requirement for Notification of Deviation and Mitigation Strategy

Process for changing IMS activities associated with cost and schedule as baseline at the PMBR. Contractor shall notify ASPR of significant changes to the IMS defined as increases in cost above 10% for a CLIN or schedule slippage of more than 180 days, which would require an extension to the period of performance of the CLIN. Contractor shall provide a high level management strategy for risk mitigation within five (5) business days after discovery. Notice due within one (1) business days after discovery.

ARTICLE F.3. ELECTRONIC SUBMISSION

For electronic delivery, the Contractor shall upload documents to the appropriate folder on https://eroom.bardatools.hhs.gov/eRoom (“eRoom”) which is the designated USG file sharing system. The USG shall provide two contractor representatives authorized log in access to the file share program. Each representative must complete a mandatory training provided by the USG prior to gaining user access. A notification email should be sent to the CO and COR upon electronic delivery of any documents.

ARTICLE F.4. SUBJECT INVENTION REPORTING REQUIREMENT

All reports and documentation required by FAR Clause 52.227-11, Patent Rights-Ownership by the Contractor, including, but not limited to, the invention disclosure report, the confirmatory license, and the government support certification, one copy of an annual utilization report, and a copy of the final invention statement, shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer. A final invention statement (see FAR 27.303 (b)(2)(ii)) shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer on the expiration date of the contract.

Reports and documentation submitted to the Contracting Officer shall be sent to the address set forth in SECTION G – CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA.

If no invention is disclosed or no activity has occurred on a previously disclosed invention during the applicable reporting period, a negative report shall be submitted to the Contracting Officer at the address listed above.

SECTION G - CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION DATA

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 22


ARTICLE G.1. CONTRACTING OFFICER

The following Contracting Officer (CO) will represent the USG for the purpose of this contract:

Francine Hemphill

Contracting Officer

HHS/ASPR/AMCG

330 Independence Avenue, S.W. Room G644

Washington, D.C. 20201

((202) 205-9271

francine.hemphill@hhs.gov

 

1) The Contracting Officer (CO) is the only individual who can legally commit the USG to the expenditure of public funds. No person other than the Contracting Officer can make any changes to the terms, conditions, general provisions, or other stipulations of this contract.

 

2) The Contracting Officer is the only person with the authority to act as agent of the USG under this contract. Only the Contracting Officer has authority to (1) direct or negotiate any changes in the statement of work; (2) modify or extend the period of performance; (3) change the delivery schedule; (4) authorize reimbursement to the Contractor of any costs incurred during the performance of this contract; (5) otherwise change any terms and conditions of this contract.

 

3) No information other than that which may be contained in an authorized modification to this contract, duly issued by the Contracting Officer, which may be received from any person employed by the US government, other otherwise, shall be considered grounds for deviation from any stipulation of this contract.

 

4) The USG may unilaterally change the CO or CS designation.

ARTICLE G.2. CONTRACTING OFFICER’S REPRESENTATIVE (COR) and ALTERNATE CONTRACTING OFFICER’S REPRESENTATIVE (COR)

The following COR and Alternate COR will represent the government for the purpose of this contract:

COR:

Daniel Wolfe, Ph.D. Division of CBRN Countermeasures

Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority

Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response

U.S. Department of Health & Human Services

Daniel.wolfe2@hhs.gov

(202) 205-8968

Alternate COR:

Adam M. Clark, Ph.D.

Division of Strategic Science and Technology

Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority (BARDA)

Office of the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness & Response (ASPR)

U.S. Department of Health and Human Services

Email: adam.clark@hhs.gov

(202) 660-1081

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 23


Mailing Address:

330 Independence Avenue, SW G644

Washington, D.C. 20201

The COR is responsible for:

 

1) Recommending to the Contracting Officer changes in requirements;

 

2) Assisting the Contracting Officer in interpreting the statement of work and any other technical performance requirements;

 

3) Performing technical evaluation as required;

 

4) Performing technical inspections and acceptances required by this contract; and

 

5) Assisting in the resolution of technical problems encountered during performance. The USG may unilaterally change the COR designation after which it will notify the Contractor in writing of such change.

ARTICLE G.3. KEY PERSONNEL

The key personnel specified in this contract are considered to be essential to work performance. At least 30 days prior to diverting any of the specified individuals to other programs or contracts (or as soon as possible, if an individual must be replaced, for example, as a result of leaving the employ of the Contractor), the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer and shall submit comprehensive justification for the diversion or replacement request (including proposed substitutions for key personnel) to permit evaluation by the USG of the impact on performance under this contract. The Contractor shall not divert or otherwise replace any key personnel without the written consent of the Contracting Officer. The USG may modify the contract to add or delete key personnel at the request of the Contractor or USG.

The following individuals are considered to be essential to the work being performed hereunder:

 

Name

  

Title

[***]    [***]
[***]    [***]
[***]    [***]

ARTICLE G.4. CONTRACT FINANCIAL REPORT

 

  a. Financial reports on the attached Financial Report of Individual Project/Contract shall be submitted by the Contractor to the CO with a copy to the COR in accordance with the instructions for completing this form, which accompany the form, in an original and one electronic copy, not later than the 30th business day after the close of the reporting period. The line entries for subdivisions of work and elements of cost (expenditure categories), which shall be reported within the total contract, are discussed in paragraph e., below. Subsequent changes and/or additions in the line entries shall be made in writing.

 

  b. Unless otherwise stated in the instructions for completing this form, all columns A through J, shall be completed for each report submitted.

 

  c. The first financial report shall cover the period consisting of the first full three calendar months following the date of the contract, in addition to any fractional part of the initial month. Thereafter, reports will be on a quarterly basis.

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 24


  d. The Contracting Officer may require the Contractor to submit detailed support for costs contained in one or more interim financial reports. This clause does not supersede the record retention requirements in FAR Part 4.7.

 

  e. The listing of expenditure categories to be reported is incorporated as a part of this contract and can be found under SECTION J Attachment 4 entitled, “Financial Report of Individual Project/Contract,”.

 

  f. The USG may unilaterally revise the “Financial Report of Individual Project/Contract” to reflect the allotment of additional funds.

ARTICLE G.5. INVOICE/FINANCING REQUEST AND CONTRACT FINANCIAL REPORTING

Include Program Support Center (PSC) in Receipt of Invoices:

Documents shall be delivered electronically to the Contracting Officer (CO), the Contracting Specialist (CS), the Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) and PSC. Unless otherwise specified by the Contracting Officer all deliverables and reports furnished to the Government under the resultant contract (including invoices) shall be addressed as follows:

 

Francine Hemphill

Contracting Officer

HHS/ASPR/AMCG

330 Independence Ave., S.W.,

Room G640

Washington, DC 20201

Email: Francine.hemphill@hhs.gov

  

Daniel Wolfe

Contracting Officer Representative

HHS/ASPR/BARDA

330 Independence Ave., S.W.,

Room G640 Washington, DC 20201

Email: Daniel.wolfe2@hhs.gov

   PSC_Invoices@hhs.gov

 

  a. Contractor invoices/financial reports shall conform to the form, format, and content requirements of the instructions for Invoice/Financing requests and Contract Financial Reporting.

 

  b. Monthly invoices must include the cumulative total expenses to date, adjusted (as applicable) to show any amounts suspended by the USG.

 

  c. The Contractor agrees to immediately notify the CO in writing if there is an anticipated overrun (any amount) or unexpended balance (greater than 10 percent) of the estimated costs for the base period or any option period(s) (See estimated costs under Articles B.2) and the reasons for the variance. These requirements are in addition to the specified requirements of FAR Clause 52.232-20, Limitation of Cost that is incorporated by reference under Article I.1 which states;

Limitation of Cost (Apr 1984)

(a) The parties estimate that performance of this contract, exclusive of any fee, will not cost the Government more than (1) the estimated cost specified in the Schedule or, (2) if this is a cost-sharing contract, the Government’s share of the estimated cost specified in the Schedule. The Contractor agrees to use its best efforts to perform the work specified in the Schedule and all obligations under this contract within the estimated cost, which, if this is a cost-sharing contract, includes both the Government’s and the Contractor’s share of the cost.

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 25


(b) The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing whenever it has reason to believe that—

(1) The costs the Contractor expects to incur under this contract in the next 60 days, when added to all costs previously incurred, will exceed 75 percent of the estimated cost specified in the Schedule; or

(2) The total cost for the performance of this contract, exclusive of any fee, will be either greater or substantially less than had been previously estimated.

(c) As part of the notification, the Contractor shall provide the Contracting Officer a revised estimate of the total cost of performing this contract.

(d) Except as required by other provisions of this contract, specifically citing and stated to be an exception to this clause—

(1) The Government is not obligated to reimburse the Contractor for costs incurred in excess of (i) the estimated cost specified in the Schedule or, (ii) if this is a cost-sharing contract, the estimated cost to the Government specified in the Schedule; and

(2) The Contractor is not obligated to continue performance under this contract (including actions under the Termination clause of this contract) or otherwise incur costs in excess of the estimated cost specified in the Schedule, until the Contracting Officer (i) notifies the Contractor in writing that the estimated cost has been increased and (ii) provides a revised estimated total cost of performing this contract. If this is a cost-sharing contract, the increase shall be allocated in accordance with the formula specified in the Schedule.

(e) No notice, communication, or representation in any form other than that specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this clause, or from any person other than the Contracting Officer, shall affect this contract’s estimated cost to the Government. In the absence of the specified notice, the Government is not obligated to reimburse the Contractor for any costs in excess of the estimated cost or, if this is a cost-sharing contract, for any costs in excess of the estimated cost to the Government specified in the Schedule, whether those excess costs were incurred during the course of the contract or as a result of termination.

(f) If the estimated cost specified in the Schedule is increased, any costs the Contractor incurs before the increase that are in excess of the previously estimated cost shall be allowable to the same extent as if incurred afterward, unless the Contracting Officer issues a termination or other notice directing that the increase is solely to cover termination or other specified expenses.

(g) Change orders shall not be considered an authorization to exceed the estimated cost to the Government specified in the Schedule, unless they contain a statement increasing the estimated cost.

(h) If this contract is terminated or the estimated cost is not increased, the Government and the Contractor shall negotiate an equitable distribution of all property produced or purchased under the contract, based upon the share of costs incurred by each.

 

  d.

The Contractor shall submit an electronic copy of the payment request to the approving

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 26


  official instead of a paper copy. The payment request shall be transmitted as an attachment via e-mail to the address listed above in one of the following formats: MSWord, MS Excel, or Adobe Portable Document Format (PDF). Only one payment request shall be submitted per e-mail and the subject line of the e-mail shall include the Contractor’s name, contract number, and unique invoice number.

 

  e. An electronic copy of the payment request shall be uploaded into the designated eRoom (as defined in SECTION F.3 ELECTRONIC SUBMISSION) and an e-mail notification of the upload will be provided to the CO and COR.

 

  f. All invoice submissions shall be in accordance with FAR Clause 52.232-25, Prompt Payment (Oct 2008), Alt 1 (Feb 2002).

 

  g. Invoices - Cost and Personnel Reporting, and Variances from the Negotiated Budget

The Contractor agrees to provide a detailed breakdown on invoices of the following cost categories:

 

  a. Direct Labor - List individuals by name, title/position, hourly/annual rate, level of effort (actual hours or % of effort), and amount claimed.

 

  b. Fringe Benefits - Cite rate and amount

 

  c. Overhead - Cite rate and amount

 

  d. Materials & Supplies - Include detailed breakdown when total amount is over $1,000.

 

  e. Travel - Identify travelers, dates, destination, purpose of trip, and total breaking out amounts for transportation (plane, car etc), lodging, M&IE. Cite COA, if appropriate. List separately, domestic travel, general scientific meeting travel, and foreign travel.

 

  f. Consultant Fees - Identify individuals, amounts and activities. Cite appropriate COA

 

  g. Subcontracts - Attach subcontractor invoice(s). Cite appropriate COA

 

  h. Equipment - Cite authorization and amount. Cite appropriate COA

 

  i. Other Direct Costs - Include detailed breakdown when total amount is over $1,000

 

  j. G&A - Cite rate and amount.

 

  k. Total Cost

 

  l. Fee

 

  m. Total Cost Plus Fixed Fee

Monthly invoices must include the cumulative total expenses to date, adjusted (as applicable) to show any amounts suspended by the USG. Nothing in this section discharges the contractor’s responsibility to comply with any applicable FAR Parts 30 or 31 clauses’ relating to cost reimbursement subcontracts. In order to verify allowability, further breakdown of costs may be requested at the USG’s discretion. The Contractor shall subcontract with Firm Fixed Price Contracts to the maximum extent practicable.

Additional instructions and an invoice template are provided in Attachment 3, Invoice/Financing Request Instructions and Contract Financial Reporting Instructions for Cost-Reimbursement Type Contracts. All invoices must be signed by a representative of the contractor authorized to certify listed charges are accurate and comply with government regulations. Invoices should be submitted electronically (in accordance with ARTICLE F.4., (ELECTRONIC SUBMISSION) and in hard copy with original signature.

ARTICLE G.6. INDIRECT COST RATES

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 27


The following contractor established provisional billing rates are incorporated into the contract, and will be utilized for billing purposes during both the base and contract option periods pending the establishment of final indirect cost rates for each fiscal year or until revised by the contracting officer in accordance with the provisions of FAR 42.705-1. See FAR Clause 52.216-7.

Pfenex Inc.

 

Rate Type

  

Rate

  

Allocation Base

[***]    [***]    [***]
[***]    [***]    [***]
[***]    [***]    [***]

Use of the above provisional rates does not change any cost ceilings, contract obligations, or specific allowance or disallowance provided for in the contract.

Contractor must notify the contracting officer promptly for an adjustment of the provisional rates if it becomes evident that the rates would cause substantial overpayment or underpayment of indirect expenses to Pfenex.

The final billing rates for each fiscal year will be based on the incurred cost submission subject to Government audit determination. Indirect costs rate proposals must be submitted to the cognizant agency’s Contracting Officer within 6 months subsequent to each of the contractor’s fiscal year ends. (See also FAR Clause 52.216-7(d) (2) incorporated herein). Copies of the indirect cost submission for each fiscal year must also be submitted to the AMCG contracting officer, and the AMCG auditor identified as follows:

Director, Acquisition Program Support

Office of Acquisition Management, Contracts and Grants (AMCG)

Office of the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response (ASPR) US Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS)

300 Independence Avenue, SW, Room G644 Washington, DC 20201

ARTICLE G.7. REIMBURSEMENT OF COST

 

1) The USG shall reimburse the Contractor those costs determined by the Contracting Officer to be allowable (hereinafter referred to as allowable cost) in accordance with FAR 52.216-7, Allowable Cost and Payment and FAR Subpart 31.2. Examples of allowable costs include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

  a) All direct materials and supplies that are used in the performing of the work provided for under the contract, including those purchased for subcontracts and purchase orders.

 

  b) All direct labor, including supervisory, that is properly chargeable directly to the contract, plus fringe benefits.

 

  c) All other items of cost budgeted for and accepted in the negotiation of this basic contract or modifications thereto.

 

  d)

Travel costs including per diem or actual subsistence for personnel while in an actual travel status in direct performance of the work and services

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 28


  required under this contract subject to the restrictions under Article B.4. b. and the following:

 

  i. Air travel shall be by the most direct route using “air coach” or “air tourist” (less than first class) unless it is clearly unreasonable or impractical (e.g., not available for reasons other than avoidable delay in making reservations, would require circuitous routing or entail additional expense offsetting the savings on fare, or would not make necessary connections) and must comply with the Fly America Act (49 U.S.C. 40118).

 

  ii. Rail travel shall be by the most direct route, first class with lower berth or nearest equivalent.

 

  iii. Costs incurred for lodging, meals, and incidental expenses shall be considered reasonable and allowable to the extent that they do not exceed on a daily basis the per diem rates set forth in the Federal Travel Regulation (FTR).

 

  iv. Travel via privately owned automobile shall be reimbursed at not more than the current General Services Administration (GSA) FTR established mileage rate.

ARTICLE G.8. POST AWARD EVALUATION OF CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE

1. Contractor Performance Evaluations

Interim and final evaluations of Contractor performance will be prepared on this contract in accordance with FAR Subpart 42.1502. The final performance evaluation will be prepared at the time of completion of work. In addition to the final evaluation, an interim evaluation shall be submitted at least once during the contract period of performance. The interim evaluation is expected to be submitted on December 23, 2015.

Interim and final evaluations will be provided to the Contractor as soon as practicable after completion of the evaluation. The Contractor will be permitted thirty days to review the document and to submit additional information or a rebutting statement. If agreement cannot be reached between the parties, the matter will be referred to an individual one level above the Contracting Officer whose decision will be final.

Copies of the evaluations, Contractor responses, and review comments, if any, will be retained as part of the contract file, and may be used to support future award decisions.

2. Electronic Access to Contractor Performance Evaluations

The USG website for Contractor Performance Assessment Reporting System (CPARS) is http://www.cpars.gov. Through this website Contractors may access evaluations through a secure website for review and comment by completing the online registration form.

The registration process requires the Contractor to identify an individual that will serve as a primary contact and who will be authorized access to the evaluation for review and comment. In addition, the Contractor will be

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 29


required to identify an alternate contact that will be responsible for notifying the cognizant contracting official in the event the primary contact is unavailable to process the evaluation within the required 30-day time frame.

ARTICLE G.9. CONTRACT COMMUNICATIONS/CORRESPONDENCE

The Contractor shall identify all correspondence, reports, and other data pertinent to this contract by imprinting the contract number HHSO100201500011C from Page 1 of the contract.

ARTICLE G.10. OVERTIME COMPENSATION

No overtime (premium) compensation is authorized under this contract.

SECTION H - SPECIAL CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS

The Contractor, depending upon the nature of the work, is responsible for following the provisions below in conducting its own work under this Contract. The Contractor also is responsible for incorporating these provisions into any subcontract awarded, if applicable to the specific nature of the work in the subcontract. Accordingly, those provisions shall be flowed-down as applicable.

ARTICLE H.1 CLINICAL AND NON-CLINICAL TERMS OF AWARD

BARDA has a responsibility to obtain documentation concerning mechanisms and procedures that are in place to protect the safety of participants and animals in BARDA funded clinical trials and non-clinical studies. Therefore, the Contractor shall develop a protocol for each clinical trial and non-clinical study funded under this contract and submit all such protocols and protocol amendments to the Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) for evaluation and comment.

Approval by the COR is required before work under a protocol may begin. The COR comments will be forwarded to the Contractor within ten (10) business days. The Contractor must address, in writing, all concerns ( e.g. study design, safety, regulatory, ethical, and conflict of interest) noted by the COR.

If the draft protocols are to be submitted to the FDA, BARDA review shall occur before submission, pursuant to the terms set forth by ARTICLE F.2 of this contract. The Contractor shall consider revising their protocols to address BARDA’s concerns and recommendations prior to FDA submission. The Contractor must provide BARDA with a copy of FDA submissions, within the time frame set forth by ARTICLE F.2 of this contract.

Execution of clinical and non-clinical studies requires written authorization from the government. The USG will provide written authorization to the Contractor upon either 1) receiving documentation in which all COR comments have been satisfactorily addressed; or 2) receiving documentation that the FDA has reviewed and commented on the protocol.

The government shall have rights to all protocols, data resulting from execution of these protocols, and final reports funded by BARDA under this contract, as

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 30


set forth in PART II of this contract and defined in the FAR. The government reserves the right to request that the Contractor provide any contract deliverable in a non-proprietary form to ensure the government has the ability to review and distribute the deliverables as the government deems necessary.

Important information regarding performing human subject research is available at http://www3.niaid.nih.gov/healthscience/clinicalstudies/ .

Any updates to technical reports are to be addressed in the Monthly and Annual Progress Reports. The Contractor shall advise the Contracting Officer’s Representative or designee in writing and via electronic communication in a timely manner of any issues potentially affecting contract performance.

 

  1. Non-Clinical Terms of Award

These Non-Clinical Terms of Award detail an agreement between the Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority (BARDA) and the Contractor; they apply to all grants and contracts that involve non-clinical research.

 

  a. Safety and Monitoring Issues

 

  i. PHS Policy on Humane Care and use of Laboratory Animals

Before award and then with the annual progress report, the Contractor must submit to BARDA a copy of the current Institutional Animal Care and Use Committees (IACUC) documentation of continuing review and approval and the Office of Laboratory Animal Welfare (OLAW) federal wide assurance number for the institution or site.

If other institutions are involved in the research (e.g., a multicenter trial or study), each institution’s IACUC must review and approve the protocol.

They must also provide BARDA initial and annual documentation of continuing review and approval and federal wide assurance number.

The Contractor must ensure that the application, as well as all protocols, is reviewed by the performing institution’s IACUC.

To help ensure the safety of animals used in BARDA-funded studies, the Contractor must provide BARDA copies of documents related to all major changes in the status of ongoing protocols, including the following:

 

    All amendments or changes to the protocol, identified by protocol version number, date, or both and date it is valid.

 

    All material changes in IACUC policies and procedures, identified by version number, date, and all required signatories (if applicable).

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 31


    Termination or temporary suspension of the study(ies) for regulatory issues.

 

    Termination or temporary suspension of the protocol.

 

    Any change that is made in the specific IACUC approval for the indicated study(ies).

 

    Any other problems or issues that could affect the scientific integrity of the study(ies), i.e., fraud, misrepresentation, misappropriation of funds, etc.

Contractor must notify BARDA of any of the above changes within five (5) working days from the time the Contractor becomes aware of such changes by email or fax, followed by a letter signed by the institutional business official, detailing notification of the change of status to the local IACUC and a copy of any responses from the IACUC.

If a non-clinical protocol has been reviewed by an institutional biosafety committee (IBC) or the NIH Recombinant DNA Advisory Committee (RAC), the Contractor must provide information about the initial and ongoing review and approval, if any. See the NIH Guidelines for Research Involving Recombinant DNA Molecules.

ii. Non-Clinical Data and Safety Monitoring Requirements

BARDA strongly recommends continued safety monitoring for all non- clinical studies of investigational drugs, devices, or biologics. FDA expects non-clinical studies to include safety in addition to efficacy. The Contractor should consider evaluation of clinical relevant safety markers in the pivotal and non-pivotal, non-clinical studies. In preparation for clinical trials of licensed or not yet licensed products, it is imperative that BARDA- sponsored studies of any type measure the risk and safety parameters that are elicited and provide a safety profile from the studies for future human risk assessment.

A risk is minimal where the probability and magnitude of harm or discomfort anticipated in the proposed research are not greater than those ordinarily encountered in daily life or during the performance of routine physical or psychological examinations or tests. For example, the risk of drawing a small amount of blood from a healthy subject for research purposes is no greater than the risk of doing so as part of a routine physical examination (45 CFR 46.102(i)).

BARDA will work with the Contractor on decisions

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 32


regarding the type and extent of safety data accrual to be employed before the start of efficacy or safety studies.

The Contractor shall inform BARDA of any upcoming site visits and/or audits of CRO facilities funded under this effort. BARDA reserves the right to accompany the Contractor on site visits and/or audits of CRO’s as BARDA deems necessary.

 

  b. BARDA Review Process before Non-Clinical study Execution Begins

BARDA is under the same policy-driven assurances as NIH in that it has a responsibility to ensure that mechanisms and procedures are in place to protect the safety and welfare of animals used in BARDA-funded non-clinical trials. Therefore, before study execution, the Contractor must provide the following (as applicable) for review and comment by BARDA:

 

    IACUC approved (signed) non-clinical research protocol identified by version number, date, or both, including details of study design, euthanasia criteria, proposed interventions, and exclusion criteria.

 

    For non-pivotal mouse studies, the Contractor will provide an annual animal care and use protocol.

 

    Documentation of IACUC approval, including OLAW federal wide number, IACUC registration number, and IACUC name.

 

    Contractor should reduce the number of animals required for a study using power of statistics.

 

    Plans for the management of side effects, rules for interventions and euthanasia criteria.

 

    Procedures for assessing and collecting safety data were appropriate.

 

    If a study is contracted through Contract Research Organizations (CROs), work orders and service agreements the Contractor shall assure an integrated safety documentation plan is in place for the study site, pharmacy service records on the dosing material to be used and excipients, and laboratory services (including histopathology).

 

    Documentation that the Contractor and all required staff responsible for the conduct of the research have received training in the protection and handling of animals, or that the CRO has the required documentation.

 

   

Purchasing of animals and/or other supplies for

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 33


 

non-clinical studies funded in part or in whole by BARDA requires written approval by the Contracting Officer in accordance with the contract. The Contractor must have the ability to return/re-sell animals, at purchase price, to distributor or a third part, in the event that the Contracting Officer Authorization is not granted.

 

    Provide justification for whether studies require good laboratory practice (GLP) conditions.

 

    Provide justification for whether studies will be classified as non-pivotal or pivotal studies.

Documentation of each of the above items shall be submitted to BARDA for evaluation and comment in conjunction with the protocol. Execution of non-clinical studies requires written authorization from the Contracting Officer in accordance with this section of the contract

 

  c. References

Public Health Service Policy on Humane Care and Use of Laboratory Animals:

http://grants.nih.gov/grants/olaw/InvestigatorsNeed2Know.pdf

USDA Animal Welfare Act:

http://awic.nal.usda.gov/nal_display/index.php?info_center=3&tax_level=3&tax_subject=182&topic_id=1118&

level3_id=6735&level4_id=0&level5_id=0&placement_d efault=0

2. Clinical Terms of Award

These Clinical Terms of Award detail an agreement between the government and the Contractor; they apply to all grants and contracts that involve clinical research.

 

  i. Safety and Monitoring Issues

 

  a. Institutional Review Board or Independent Ethics Committee Approval

Before award and then with the annual progress report, the Contractor must submit to BARDA a copy of the current IRB-or IEC-approved informed consent document, documentation of continuing review and approval and the OHRP federal wide assurance number for the institution or site.

If other institutions are involved in the research (e.g., a multicenter clinical trial or study), each institution’s IRB or IEC

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 34


must review and approve the protocol. They must also provide BARDA initial and annual documentation of continuing review and approval, including the current approved informed consent document and federal wide number.

The Contractor must ensure that the application as well as all protocols are reviewed by their IRB or IEC.

To help ensure the safety of participants enrolled in BARDA-funded studies, the Contractor must provide BARDA copies of documents related to all major changes in the status of ongoing protocols, including the following:

 

    All amendments or changes to the protocol, identified by protocol version number, date, or both and dates it is valid.

 

    All changes in informed consent documents, identified by version number, dates, or both and dates it is valid.

 

    Termination or temporary suspension of patient accrual.

 

    Termination or temporary suspension of the protocol.

 

    Any change in IRB approval.

 

    Any other problems or issues that could affect the participants in the studies.

The Contractor must notify BARDA through the COR and CO of any of the above changes within five (5) working days by email or fax, followed by a letter signed by the institutional business official, detailing notification of the change of status to the local IRB and a copy of any responses from the IRB or IEC.

If a clinical protocol has been reviewed by an institutional biosafety committee (IBC) or the NIH Recombinant DNA Advisory Committee (RAC), the Contractor must provide information about the initial and ongoing review and approval, if any. See the NIH Guidelines for Research Involving Recombinant DNA Molecules.

 

  b. Data and Safety Monitoring Requirements

BARDA strongly recommends independent safety monitoring for clinical trials of investigational drugs, devices, or biologics; clinical trial of licensed products; and clinical research of any type involving more than minimal risk to volunteers.

Independent monitoring can take a variety of forms. Phase III clinical trials must be reviewed by an independent data and safety monitoring board (DSMB); other trials may require DSMB oversight as well. The Contractor shall inform BARDA of any upcoming site visits and/or audits of CRO facilities funded under this effort.

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 35


BARDA reserves the right to accompany the Contractor on site visits and/or audits of CROs as BARDA deems necessary.

A risk is minimal where the probability and magnitude of harm or discomfort anticipated in the proposed research and not greater than those ordinarily encountered in daily life or during the performance of routine physical or psychological examinations or tests. For examples, the risk of drawing a small amount of blood from a healthy individual for research purposes is no greater than the risk of doing so as part of a routine physical examination (45 CFR 46.102I).

Final decisions regarding the type of monitoring to be used must be made jointly by BARDA and the Contractor before enrollment starts. Discussions with the responsible BARDA Project Officer regarding appropriate safety monitoring and approval of the final monitoring plan by BARDA must occur before patient enrollment begins and may include discussions about the appointment of one of the following.

 

    Independent Safety Monitor – a physician or other appropriate expert who is independent of the study and available in real time to review and recommend appropriate action regarding adverse events and other safety issues.

 

    Independent Monitoring Committee (IMC) or Safety Monitoring Committee (SMC) – a small group of independent investigators and biostatisticians who review data from a particular study.

 

    Data and Safety Monitoring Board – an independent committee charged with reviewing safety and trial progress and providing advice with respect to study continuation, modification, and termination. The Contractor may be required to use an established BARDA DSMB or to organize an independent DSMB. All phase III clinical trials must be reviewed by a DSMB; other trials may require DSMB oversight as well. Please refer to: NIAID Principles for Use of a Data and Safety Monitoring Board (DSMB) For Oversight of Clinical Trials Policy

When a monitor or monitoring board is organized, a description of it, its charter or operating procedures (including a proposed meeting schedule and plan for review of adverse events), and roster and curriculum vitae from all members must be submitted to and approved by BARDA before enrollment starts. The Contractor will also ensure that the monitors and board members report any conflicts of interest and the Contractor will maintain a record of this. The Contractor will share conflict of interest reports with BARDA.

Additionally, the Contractor must submit written summaries of all reviews conducted by the monitoring group to the BARDA within thirty (30) days of reviews or meetings.

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 36


ii. BARDA Protocol Review Process Before Patient Enrollment Begins BARDA has a responsibility to ensure that mechanisms and procedures are in place to protect the safety of participants in BARDA-supported clinical trials. Therefore, before patient accrual or participant enrollment, the Contractor must ensure the following (as applicable) are in place at each participating institution, prior to patient accrual or enrollment:

 

    IRB- or IEC-approved clinical research protocol identified by version number, date, or both, including details of study design, proposed interventions, patient eligibility, and exclusion criteria.

 

    Documentation of IRB or IEC approval, including OHRP federal wide number, IRB or IEC registration number, and IRB and IEC name.

 

    IRB- or IEC- approved informed consent document, identified by version number, date, or both and dates it is valid.

 

    Plans for the management of side effects.

 

    Procedures for assessing and reporting adverse events.

 

    Plans for data and safety monitoring (see above) and monitoring of the clinical study site, pharmacy, and laboratory.

 

    Documentation that the Contractor and all study staff responsible for the design or conduct of the research have received training in the protection of human subjects.

Documentation to demonstrate that each of the above items are in place shall be submitted to the BARDA) for evaluation and comment in conjunction with the protocol. Execution of clinical studies requires written authorization from BARDA in accordance with this section of this contract.

iii Investigational New drug or Investigational Device Exemption Requirements

Consistent with federal regulations, clinical research projects involving the use of investigational therapeutics, vaccines, or other medical interventions (including licensed products and devices for a purpose other than that for which they were licensed) in humans under a research protocol must be performed under a Food and Drug Administration (FDA) investigational new drug (IND) or investigational device exemption (IDE).

Exceptions must be granted in writing by FDA. If the proposed clinical trial will be performed under an IND or IDE, the Contractor must provide BARDA with the name and institution of the IND or IDE sponsor, the date the IND or IDE was filed with FDA, the FDA IND or IDE number, any written comments from FDA, and the written responses to those comments.

Unless FDA notifies Contractor otherwise, The Contractor must wait thirty (30) calendar days from FDA receipt of an initial IND or IDE application before initiating a clinical trial.

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 37


The Contractor must notify BARDA if the FDA places the study on clinical hold and provide BARDA any written comments from FDA, written responses to the comments, and documentation in writing that the hold has been lifted.

The Contractor must not use grant or contract funds during a clinical hold to fund clinical studies that are on hold. The Contractor must not enter into any new financial obligations related to clinical activities for the clinical trial on clinical hold.

 

  v. Required Time-Sensitive Notification

Under an IND or IDE, the sponsor must provide FDA safety reports of serious adverse events. Under these Clinical Terms of Award, the Contractor must submit copies to the responsible Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) as follows:

 

  i. Expedited safety report of unexpected or life-threatening experience or death:

A copy of any report of unexpected or life-threatening experience or death associated with the use of an IND drug, which must be reported to FDA by telephone or fax as soon as possible but no later than seven (7) days after the IND sponsor’s receipt of the information, must be submitted to the COR within 24 hours of FDA notification.

 

  ii. Expedited safety reports of serious and unexpected adverse experiences:

A copy of any report of unexpected and serious adverse experience associated with use of an IND drug or any finding from tests in laboratory animals that suggests a significant risk for human subjects, which must be reported in writing to FDA as soon as possible but no later than 15 day after the IND sponsor’s receipt of the information, must be submitted to the COR within 24 hours of FDA notification.

 

  iii. IDE reports of unanticipated adverse device effect:

A copy of any reports of unanticipated adverse device effect submitted to FDA must be submitted to the COR within 24 hours of FDA notification.

 

  iv. Expedited safety reports:

Sent to the COR concurrently with the report to FDA.

 

  v. Other adverse events documented during the course of the trial should be included in the annual IND or IDE report and reported to BARDA annually.

In case of problems or issues, the Contracting Officer’s Representative will contact the Contractor within ten (10) working days by email or fax, followed within thirty (30) calendar days by an official letter to the Contractor’s Project Manager, with a copy to the institutions’ office of sponsored programs, listing issues and appropriate actions to be discussed.

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 38


  vi. Safety reporting for research not performed under an IND or IDE.

Final decisions regarding ongoing safety reporting requirements for research not performed under an IND or IDE must be made jointly by the Contracting Officer’s Representative and the Contractor

ARTICLE H.2. CARE OF LIVE VERTEBRATE ANIMALS, HHSAR 352.270-5 (October 2009)

 

a. Before undertaking performance of any contract involving animal-related activities where the species is regulated by USDA, the Contractor shall register with the Secretary of Agriculture of the United States in accordance with 7 U.S.C. 2136 and 9 CFR sections 2.25 through 2.28. The Contractor shall furnish evidence of the registration to the Contracting Officer.

 

b. The Contractor shall acquire vertebrate animals used in research from a dealer licensed by the Secretary of Agriculture under 7 U.S.C. 2133 and 9 CFR Sections 2.1-2.11, or from a source that is exempt from licensing under those sections.

 

c. The Contractor agrees that the care, use and intended use of any live vertebrate animals in the performance of this contract shall conform with the Public Health Service (PHS) Policy on Humane Care of Use of Laboratory Animals (PHS Policy), the current Animal Welfare Assurance (Assurance), the Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals (National Academy Press, Washington, DC) and the pertinent laws and regulations of the United States Department of Agriculture (see 7 U.S.C. 2131 et seq. and 9 CFR Subchapter A, Parts 1-4). In case of conflict between standards, the more stringent standard shall govern.

 

d. If at any time during performance of this contract, the Contracting Officer determines, in consultation with the Office of Laboratory Animal Welfare (OLAW), National Institutes of Health (NIH), that the Contractor is not in compliance with any of the requirements and standards stated in paragraphs (a) through (c) above, the Contracting Officer may immediately suspend, in whole or in part, work and further payments under this contract until the Contractor corrects the noncompliance. Notice of the suspension may be communicated by telephone and confirmed in writing. If the Contractor fails to complete corrective action within the period of time designated in the Contracting Officer’s written notice of suspension, the Contracting Officer may, in consultation with OLAW, NIH, terminate this contract in whole or in part, and the Contractor’s name may be removed from the list of those contractors with approved Assurances.

Note: The Contractor may request registration of its facility and a current listing of licensed dealers from the Regional Office of the Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service (APHIS), USDA, for the region in which its research facility is located. The location of the appropriate APHIS Regional Office, as well as information concerning this program may be obtained by contacting the Animal Care Staff, USDA/APHIS, 4700 River Road, Riverdale, Maryland 20737 (E-

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 39


mail: ace@aphis.usda.gov ; Web site: ( http://www.aphis.usda.gov/animal_welfare ).

ARTICLE H.3. ANIMAL WELFARE

All research involving live, vertebrate animals shall be conducted in accordance with the Public Health Service Policy on Humane Care and Use of Laboratory Animals. This policy may be accessed at:

http://grants1.nih.gov/grants/olaw/references/phspol.htm

ARTICLE H.4. INFORMATION ON COMPLIANCE WITH ANIMAL CARE REQUIREMENTS

Registration with the U. S. Dept. of Agriculture (USDA) is required to use regulated species of animals for biomedical purposes. USDA is responsible for the enforcement of the Animal Welfare Act (7 U.S.C. 2131 et. seq.), http://www.nal.usda.gov/awic/legislat/awa.htm .

The Public Health Service (PHS) Policy is administered by the Office of Laboratory Animal Welfare (OLAW) http://grants2.nih.gov/grants/olaw/olaw.htm . An essential requirement of the PHS Policy http://grants2.nih.gov/grants/olaw/references/phspol.htm is that every institution using live vertebrate animals must obtain an approved assurance from OLAW before they can receive funding from any component of the U. S. Public Health Service.

The PHS Policy requires that Assured institutions base their programs of animal care and use on the Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals http://www.nap.edu/readingroom/books/labrats/ and that they comply with the regulations (9 CFR, Subchapter A) http://www.nal.usda.gov/awic/legislat/usdaleg1.htm issued by the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) under the Animal Welfare Act. The Guide may differ from USDA regulations in some respects. Compliance with the USDA regulations is an absolute requirement of this Policy.

The Association for Assessment and Accreditation of Laboratory Animal Care International (AAALAC) http://www.aaalac.org is a professional organization that inspects and evaluates programs of animal care for institutions at their request. Those that meet the high standards are given the accredited status. As of the 2002 revision of the PHS Policy, the only accrediting body recognized by PHS is the AAALAC. While AAALAC Accreditation is not required to conduct biomedical research, it is highly desirable. AAALAC uses the Guide as their primary evaluation tool. They also use the Guide for the Care and Use of Agricultural Animals in Agricultural Research and Teaching. It is published by the Federated of Animal Science Societies http://www.fass.org .

ARTICLE H.5. REQUIREMENTS FOR ADEQUATE ASSURANCE OF PROTECTION OF VERTEBRATE ANIMAL SUBJECTS

The PHS Policy on Humane Care and Use of Laboratory Animals requires that applicant organizations proposing to use vertebrate animals file a written Animal Welfare Assurance with the Office for Laboratory Animal Welfare (OLAW), establishing appropriate policies and procedures to ensure the humane care and use of live vertebrate animals involved in research activities supported by the PHS. The PHS Policy stipulates that an applicant organization, whether domestic or foreign, bears responsibility for the humane care and use of animals

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 40


in PHS- supported research activities. Also, the PHS policy defines “animal” as “any live, vertebrate animal used, or intended for use, in research, research training, experimentation, biological testing or for related purposes.” This Policy implements and supplements the U.S. government Principles for the Utilization and Care of Vertebrate Animals Used in Testing, Research, and Training, and requires that institutions use the Guide for the Care and Use of Laboratory Animals as a basis for developing and implementing an institutional animal care and use program. This Policy does not affect applicable State or local laws or regulations that impose more stringent standards for the care and use of laboratory animals. All institutions are required to comply, as applicable, with the Animal Welfare Act as amended (7 USC 2131 et. seq.) and other Federal statutes and regulations relating to animals. These documents are available from the Office of Laboratory Animal Welfare, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, MD 20892, (301) 496-7163. See http://grants.nih.gov/grants/olaw/olaw.htm .

No PHS supported work for research involving vertebrate animals will be conducted by an organization, unless that organization is operating in accordance with an approved Animal Welfare Assurance and provides verification that the Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee (IACUC) has reviewed and approved the proposed activity in accordance with the PHS policy. Applications may be referred by the PHS back to the institution for further review in the case of apparent or potential violations of the PHS Policy. No award to an individual will be made unless that individual is affiliated with an assured organization that accepts responsibility for compliance with the PHS Policy. Foreign applicant organizations applying for PHS awards for activities involving vertebrate animals are required to comply with PHS Policy or provide evidence that acceptable standards for the humane care and use of animals will be met. Foreign applicant organizations are not required to submit IACUC approval, but should provide information that is satisfactory to the USG to provide assurances for the humane care of such animals.

ARTICLE H.6. APPROVAL OF REQUIRED ASSURANCE BY OLAW

Under governing regulations, federal funds which are administered by the Department of Health and Human Services, Office of Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority (BARDA) shall not be expended by the Contractor for research involving live vertebrate animals, nor shall live vertebrate animals be involved in research activities by the Contractor under this award unless a satisfactory assurance of compliance with 7 U.S.C. 2316 and 9 CFR Sections 2.25-2.28 is submitted within 30 days of the date of this award and approved by the Office of Laboratory Animal Welfare (OLAW). Each performance site (if any) must also assure compliance with 7 U.S.C. 2316 and 9 CFR Sections 2.25-2.28 with the following restriction: Only activities which do not directly involve live vertebrate animals (i.e. are clearly severable and independent from those activities that do involve live vertebrate animals) may be conducted by the Contractor or individual performance sites pending OLAW approval of their respective assurance of compliance with 7 U.S.C. 2316 and 9 CFR Sections 2.25-2.28. Additional information regarding OLAW may be obtained via the Internet at http://grants2.nih.gov/grants/olaw/references/phspol.htm

ARTICLE H.7. REPORTING MATTERS INVOLVING FRAUD, WASTE AND ABUSE

Anyone who becomes aware of the existence or apparent existence of fraud,

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 41


waste and abuse in BARDA funded programs should report such matters to the HHS Inspector General’s Office in writing or on the Inspector General’s Hotline. The toll free number is 1-800-HHS-TIPS (1-800- 447-8477). All telephone calls will be handled confidentially. The e-mail address is Htips@os.dhhs.gov and the mailing address is:

Office of Inspector General

Department of Health and Human Services TIPS HOTLINE

P.O. Box 23489 Washington, D.C. 20026

ARTICLE H.8. PROHIBITION ON CONTRACTOR INVOLVEMENT WITH TERRORIST ACTIVITIES

The Contractor acknowledges that U.S. Executive Orders and Laws, including but not limited to E.O. 13224 and P.L. 107-56, prohibit transactions with, and the provision of resources and support to, individuals and organizations associated with terrorism. It is the legal responsibility of the Contractor to ensure compliance with these Executive Orders and Laws. This clause must be included in all subcontracts issued under this contract.

ARTICLE H.9. IDENTIFICATION AND DISPOSITION OF DATA

The Contractor will be required to provide certain data generated under this contract to the Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS). DHHS reserves the right to review any other data determined by DHHS to be relevant to this contract. The contractor shall keep copies of all data required by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) relevant to this contract for the time specified by the FDA.

ARTICLE H.10. EXPORT CONTROL NOTIFICATION

Contractors are responsible for ensuring compliance with all export control laws and regulations that may be applicable to the export of and foreign access to their proposed technologies.

Contractors may consult with the Department of State with any questions regarding the International Traffic in Arms Regulation (ITAR) (22 CRF Parts 120-130) and /or the Department of Commerce regarding the Export Administration Regulations (15 CRF Parts 730-774).

ARTICLE H.11. CONFLICT OF INTEREST

The Contractor represents and warrants that, to the best of the Contractor’s knowledge and belief, there are no relevant facts or circumstances which could give rise to an organizational conflict of interest, as defined in FAR 2.101 and Subpart 9.5, or that the Contractor has disclosed all such relevant information. Prior to commencement of any work, the Contractor agrees to notify the Contracting Officer promptly that, to the best of its knowledge and belief, no actual or potential conflict of interest exists or to identify to the Contracting Officer any actual or potential conflict of interest the firm may have. In emergency situations, however, work may begin but notification shall be made within five (5) working days. The Contractor agrees that if an actual or potential organizational conflict of interest is identified during performance, the Contractor shall promptly make a full disclosure in writing to the Contracting Officer. This disclosure shall include a description of actions which the Contractor has taken or proposes to take, after consultation with the Contracting Officer, to avoid, mitigate, or neutralize the actual or potential conflict of interest. The Contractor

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 42


shall continue performance until notified by the Contracting Officer of any contrary action to be taken. Remedies include termination of this contract for convenience, in whole or in part, if the Contracting Officer deems such termination necessary to avoid an organizational conflict of interest. If the Contractor was aware of a potential organizational conflict of interest prior to award or discovered an actual or potential conflict after award and did not disclose it or misrepresented relevant information to the Contracting Officer, the USG may terminate the contract for default, debar the Contractor from USG contracting, or pursue such other remedies as may be permitted by law or this contract.

ARTICLE H.12. INSTITUTIONAL RESPONSIBILITY REGARDING INVESTIGATOR FINANCIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of 45 CFR Part 94, Responsible Prospective Contractors, which promotes objectivity in research by establishing standards to ensure that Investigators (defined as the project director or principal Investigator and any other person, regardless of title or position, who is responsible for the design, conduct, or reporting of research funded under BARDA contracts, or proposed for such funding, which may include, for example, collaborators or consultants) will not be biased by any Investigator financial conflicts of interest.

If the failure of an Investigator to comply with an Institution’s financial conflicts of interest policy or a financial conflict of interest management plan appears to have biased the design, conduct, or reporting of the BARDA-funded research, the Contractor must promptly notify the Contracting Officer of the corrective action taken or to be taken. The Contracting Officer will consider the situation and, as necessary, take appropriate action or refer the matter to the Contractor for further action, which may include directions to the Contractor on how to maintain appropriate objectivity in the BARDA-funded research project.

The Contracting Officer and/or HHS may inquire at any time before, during, or after award into any Investigator disclosure of financial interests, and the Contractor’s review of, and response to, such disclosure, regardless of whether the disclosure resulted in the Contractor’s determination of a financial conflict of interests. The Contracting Officer may require submission of the records or review them on site. On the basis of this review of records or other information that may be available, the Contracting Officer may decide that a particular financial conflict of interest will bias the objectivity of the BARDA-funded research to such an extent that further corrective action is needed or that the Institution has not managed the financial conflict of interest in accordance with 45 CFR Part 94. The issuance of a Stop Work Order by the Contracting Officer may be necessary until the matter is resolved.

If the Contracting Officer determines that BARDA-funded clinical research, whose purpose is to evaluate the safety or effectiveness of a drug, medical device, or treatment, has been designed, conducted, or reported by an Investigator with a financial conflict of interest that was not disclosed managed or reported the Contractor shall require the Investigator involved to disclose the financial conflict of interest in each public presentation of the results of the research and to request an addendum to previously published presentations.

ARTICLE H.13. NEEDLE DISTRIBUTION

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 43


The Contractor shall not use contract funds to carry out any program of distributing sterile needles or syringes for the hypodermic injection of any illegal drug.

ARTICLE H.14. RESTRICTION ON ABORTIONS

The Contractor shall not use contract funds for any abortion.

ARTICLE H.15. CONTINUED BAN ON FUNDING OF HUMAN EMBRYO RESEARCH

The Contractor shall not use contract funds for (1) the creation of a human embryo or embryos for research purposes; or (2) research in which a human embryo or embryos are destroyed, discarded, or knowingly subjected to risk of injury or death greater than that allowed for research on fetuses in utero under 45 CFR 46.204(b) and Section 498(b) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 289g(b)). The term “human embryo or embryos” includes any organism, not protected as a human subject under 45 CFR 46 as of the date of the enactment of this Act, that is derived by fertilization, parthenogenesis, cloning, or any other means from one or more human gametes or human diploid cells.

Additionally, in accordance with a March 4, 1997 Presidential Memorandum, Federal funds may not be used for cloning of human beings.

ARTICLE H.16. DISSEMINATION OF FALSE OR DELIBERATELY MISLEADING INFORMATION

The Contractor shall not use contract funds to disseminate information that is deliberately false or misleading.

ARTICLE H.17. CONFIDENTIALITY OF INFORMATION

 

  a. Confidential information, as used in this article, means information or data of a personal nature about individual or proprietary information or data submitted by or pertaining to an institution or organization.

 

  b. The Contracting Officer and the Contractor may, by mutual consent, identify elsewhere in this contract specific information and/or categories of information which the USG will furnish to the Contractor or that the Contractor is expected to generate which is confidential and providing further that the government is not entitled to unlimited rights to that information pursuant to FAR 52.227-14. Similarly, the Contracting Officer and the Contractor may, by mutual consent, identify such confidential information from time to time during the performance of the contract. Failure to agree will be settled pursuant to the “Disputes” clause.

 

  c. If it is established elsewhere in this contract that information to be utilized under this contract, or a portion thereof, is subject to the Privacy Act, the Contractor will follow the rules and procedures of disclosure set forth in the Privacy Act of 1974, 5 U.S.C. 552a, and implementing regulations and policies, with respect to systems of records determined to be subject to the Privacy Act.

 

  d.

Confidential information, as defined in paragraph (a) of this article, shall

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 44


  not be disclosed without the prior written consent of the individual, institution, or organization.

 

  e. Whenever the Contractor is uncertain with regard to the proper handling of material under the contract, or if the material in question is subject to the Privacy Act or is confidential information subject to the provisions of this article, the Contractor should obtain a written determination from the Contracting Officer prior to any release, disclosure, dissemination, or publication.

 

  f. The provisions of paragraph (d) of this article shall not apply to conflicting or overlapping provisions in other Federal, State or local laws.

ARTICLE H.18. ACCESS TO DOCUMENTATION/DATA

The USG shall have physical and electronic access to all documentation and data generated under this contract, including: all data documenting Contractor performance; all data generated; all communications and correspondence with regulatory agencies and bodies to include all audit observations, inspection reports, milestone completion documents, and all Offeror commitments and responses. Contractor shall provide the USG with an electronic copy of all correspondence with the FDA within 5 business days of receipt. The USG shall acquire unlimited rights to all data funded under this contract in accordance with FAR Subpart 27.4 and FAR Clause 52.227-14.

ARTICLE H.19. EPA ENERGY STAR REQUIREMENTS

In compliance with Executive Order 12845 (requiring Agencies to purchase energy efficient computer equipment), all microcomputers, including personal computers, monitors, and printers that are purchased using USG funds in performance of a contract shall be equipped with or meet the energy efficient low-power standby feature as defined by the EPA Energy Star program unless the equipment always meets EPA Energy Star efficiency levels. The microcomputer, as configured with all components, must be Energy Star compliant.

This low-power feature must already be activated when the computer equipment is delivered to the agency and be of equivalent functionality of similar power managed models. If the equipment will be used on a local area network, the vendor must provide equipment that is fully compatible with the network environment. In addition, the equipment will run commercial off-the-shelf software both before and after recovery from its energy conservation mode.

ARTICLE H.20. ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF FEDERAL FUNDING

Section 507 of P.L. 104-208 mandates that Contractors funded with Federal dollars, in whole or in part, acknowledge Federal funding when issuing statements, press releases, requests for proposals, bid solicitations and other documents. This requirement is in addition to the continuing requirement to provide an acknowledgment of support and disclaimer on any publication reporting the results of a contract funded activity.

 

A. Publication and Publicity

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 45


No information related to data obtained under this contract shall be released or publicized without providing BARDA with at least thirty (30) days advanced notice and an opportunity to review the proposed release or publication.

In addition to the requirements set forth in HHSAR Clause 352.227-70, Publications and Publicity incorporated by reference in SECTION I of this contract, Section 507 of P.L. 104-208 mandates that Contractors funded with Federal dollars, in whole or in part, acknowledge Federal funding when issuing statements, press releases, requests for proposals, bid solicitations and other documents. Contractors are required to state:

(1) the percentage and dollar amounts of the total program or project costs financed with Federal money and;

(2) the percentage and dollar amount of the total costs financed by nongovernmental sources

For purposes of this contract “publication” is defined as an issue of printed material offered for distribution or any communication or oral presentation of information, including any manuscript or scientific meeting abstract. Any publication containing data generated under this contract must be submitted for BARDA review no less than thirty (30) calendar days for manuscripts and fifteen (15) calendar days for abstracts before submission for public presentation or publication. Contract support shall be acknowledged in all such publications substantially as follows:

“This project has been funded in whole or in part with Federal funds from the Department of Health and Human Services; Office of the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response; Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority, under Contract No. “HHSO100201500011C”

 

B. Press Releases

Misrepresenting contract results or releasing information that is injurious to the integrity of BARDA may be construed as improper conduct. Press releases shall be considered to include the public release of information to any medium, excluding peer-reviewed scientific publications. The contractor shall ensure that the COR has received an advance copy of any press release related to the contract not less than six (6) business days prior to the issuance of the press release.

The Contractor shall acknowledge the support of the Department of Health and Human Service, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response, Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority, whenever publicizing the work under this contract in any media by including an acknowledgment substantially as follows:

“This project has been funded in whole or in part with Federal funds from the Department of Health and Human Services; Office of the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Response; Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority, under Contract No. HHSO100201500011C.

ARTICLE H.21. IN-PROCESS REVIEW

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 46


In Process Reviews (IPR) will be conducted at the discretion of the USG to discuss the progression of the milestones. The USG reserves the right to revise the milestones and budget pending the development of the project. Deliverables such as an overall project summary report and/or slides will be required when the IPRs are conducted. The Contractor’s success in completing the required tasks under each work segment must be demonstrated through the Deliverables and Milestones specified under SECTION F and Attachment J.2. Those deliverables will constitute the basis for the USG’s decision, at its sole discretion, to proceed with the work segment, or institute changes to the work segment, or terminate the work segment.

IPRs may be scheduled at the discretion of the USG to discuss progression of the contract. The Contractor shall provide a presentation following a prescribed template which will be provided by the USG at least 30 business days prior to the IPR. Subsequently, the contractor will be requested to provide a revised/final presentation to the Contracting Officer at least 10 business days prior to the IPR.

ARTICLE H.22. PROHIBITION ON THE USE OF APPROPRIATED FUNDS FOR LOBBYING ACTIVITIES AND HHSAR 352.203-70 ANTI-LOBBYING (March 2012))

The Contractor is hereby notified of the restrictions on the use of Department of Health and Human Service’s funding for lobbying of Federal, State and Local legislative bodies.

Section 1352 of Title 10, United Stated Code (Public Law 101-121, effective 12/23/89), among other things, prohibits a recipient (and their subcontractors) of a Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement from using appropriated funds (other than profits from a federal contract) to pay any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with any of the following covered Federal actions; the awarding of any Federal contract; the making of any Federal grant; the making of any Federal loan; the entering into of any cooperative agreement; or the modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement. For additional information of prohibitions against lobbying activities, see FAR Subpart 3.8 and FAR Clause 52.203-12.

In addition, as set forth in HHSAR 352.203-70 “Anti-Lobbying” (March 2012)), the current Department of Health and Human Services Appropriations Act provides that no part of any appropriation contained in this Act shall be used, other than for normal and recognized executive- legislative relationships, for publicity or propaganda purposes, for the preparation, distribution, or use of any kit, pamphlet, booklet, publication, radio, television, or video presentation designed to support, or defeat legislation pending before the Congress, or any State or Local legislature except in presentation to the Congress, or any State or Local legislative body itself.

The current Department of Health and Human Services Appropriations Act also provides that no part of any appropriation contained in this Act shall be used to pay the salary or expenses of any contract or grant recipient, or agent acting for such recipient, related to any activity designed to influence legislation or appropriations pending before the Congress, or any State or Local legislature.

ARTICLE H.23. PRIVACY ACT APPLICABILITY

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 47


1) Notification is hereby given that the Contractor and its employees are subject to criminal penalties for violation of the Privacy Act to the same extent as employees of the USG. The Contractor shall assure that each of its employees knows the prescribed rules of conduct and that each is aware that he or she can be subjected to criminal penalty for violation of the Act. A copy of 45 CFR Part 5b, Privacy Act Regulations, may be obtained at http://www.gpoaccess.gov/cfr/index.html

 

2) The Project Officer is hereby designated as the official who is responsible for monitoring contractor compliance with the Privacy Act.

 

3) The Contractor shall follow the Privacy Act guidance as contained in the Privacy Act System of Records number 09-25-0200. This document may be obtained at the following link: http://oma.od.nih.gov/ms/privacy/pa-files/0200.htm

ARTICLE H.24. LABORATORY LICENSE REQUIREMENTS

The Contractor shall comply with all applicable requirements of Section 353 of the Public Health Service Act (Clinical Laboratory Improvement Act as amended) (42 U.S.C. 263a and 42 CFR Part 493). This requirement shall also be included in any subcontract for services under the contract.

ARTICLE H.25. QUALITY ASSURANCE (QA) AUDIT REPORTS

BARDA reserves the right to participate in QA audits. Upon completion of the audit/site visit the Contractor shall provide a report capturing the findings, results and next steps in proceeding with the subcontractor. If action is requested of the subcontractor, detailed concerns for addressing areas of non-conformance to FDA regulations for GLP, GMP, or GCP guidelines, as identified in the audit report, must be provided to BARDA. The Contractor shall provide responses from the subcontractors to address these concerns and plans for corrective action execution.

 

    Contractor shall notify CO and COR of upcoming, ongoing, or recent audits/site visits of subcontractors as part of weekly communications

 

    Contractor shall notify the COR and CO within 5 business days of report completion.

ARTICLE H.26. BARDA AUDITS

Contractor shall accommodate periodic or ad hoc site visits by the USG. If the USG, the Contractor, or other parties identifies any issues during an audit, the Contractor shall capture the issues, identify potential solutions, and provide a report to the USG.

 

    If issues are identified during the audit, Contractor shall submit a report to the CO and COR detailing the finding and corrective action(s) within 10 business days of the audit.

 

    COR and CO will review the report and provide a response to the Contractor with 10 business days.

 

    Once corrective action is completed, the Contractor will provide a final report to the CO and COR.

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 48


ARTICLE H.27. SECURITY REPORTING REQUIREMENT

Violations of established security protocols shall be reported to the Contracting Officer (CO) and Contracting Officer’s Representative (COR) upon discovery and within 24 hours of any compromise, intrusion, loss or interference of its security processes and procedures. The Contractor shall ensure that all software components that are not required for the operation and maintenance of the database/control system has been removed and/or disabled. The Contractor shall provide to the CO and the COR information appropriate to Information and Information Technology software and service updates and/or workarounds to mitigate all vulnerabilities associated with the data and shall maintain the required level of system security.

The Contractor will investigate violations to determine the cause, extent, loss or compromise of sensitive program information, and corrective actions taken to prevent future violations. The Contracting Officer in coordination with BARDA will determine the severity of the violation. Any contractual actions resulting from the violation will be determined by the Contracting Officer.

ARTICLE H.28. RESTRICTION ON EMPLOYMENT OF UNAUTHORIZED ALIEN WORKERS

The Contractor shall not use contract funds to employ workers described in section 274A (h) (3) of the Immigration and National Act, which reads as follows:

“(3) Definition of unauthorized alien – As used in this section, the term ‘unauthorized alien’ with respect to the employment of an alien at a particular time, that the alien is not at that time either (A) an alien lawfully admitted for permanent residence, or (B) authorized to be so employed by this Act or by the Attorney General.”

ARTICLE H.29. NOTIFICATION OF CRITICAL PROGRAMMATIC CONCERNS, RISKS, OR POTENTIAL RISKS

If any action occurs that creates a cause for critical programmatic concern, risk, or potential risk to BARDA or the Contractor and Incident Report shall be delivered to BARDA.

 

    Within 48 hours of activity or incident or within 24 hours for a security related activity or incident, Contractor must notify BARDA.

 

    Additional updates due to COR and CO within 48 hours of additional developments.

 

    Contractor shall submit within 5 business days a Corrective Action Plan (if deemed necessary by either party) to address any potential issues.

If corrective action is deemed necessary, Contractor must address in writing, its consideration of concerns raised by BARDA within 5 business days.

ARTICLE H.31. PERSON IN PLANT

With seven (7) business days advance notice to the Contractor in writing from the Contracting Officer, the USG may place a person-in-plant in the Contractor’s or subcontractor’s facility, who shall be subject to the Contractor’s or subcontractor’s policies and procedures regarding security and facility access at all times while in the facility.

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 49


An article substantially similar to this Person-in-Plant article shall be incorporated into any subcontract for experimental or manufacturing work.

PART II - CONTRACT CLAUSES

SECTION I - CONTRACT CLAUSES

ARTICLE I.1. FAR 52.252-2, CLAUSES INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE (FEBRUARY 1998)

This contract incorporates the following clauses by reference, with the same force and effect as if they were given in full text. Upon request, the Contracting Officer will make their full text available. Also, the full text of a clause may be accessed electronically at these addresses: https://www.acquisition.gov/FAR/ . HHSAR Clauses at: http://www.hhs.gov/policies/hhsar/subpart352.html .

FEDERAL ACQUISIITON REGULATION (48 CFR CHAPTER 1) CLAUSE:

52.242-15, Stop Work Order Alt. 1 (1984)

Clauses for Cost-Reimbursement Research and Development Contract

(1) FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (FAR) (48 CFR CHAPTER 1) CLAUSES:

 

FAR

CLAUSE

  

DATE

  

CLAUSE TITLE

52.202-1    Nov 2013    Definitions
52.203-3    Apr 1984    Gratuities
52.203-5    May 2014    Covenant Against Contingent Fees
52.203-6    Sep 2006    Restrictions on Subcontractor Sales to the government
52.203-7    May 2014    Anti-Kickback Procedures
52.203-8    May 2014    Cancellation, Rescission, and Recovery of Funds for Illegal or Improper Activity
52.203-10    May 2014    Price or Fee Adjustment for Illegal or Improper Activity
52.203-12    Oct 2010    Limitation on Payments to Influence Certain Federal Transactions
52.203-13    Apr 2010    Contractor Code of Business Ethics and Conduct
52.203-17    April 2014    Contractor Employee Whistleblower Rights and Requirements to Inform Employees of Whistleblower rights
52.204-4    May 2011    Printed or Copied Double-Sided on Recycled Paper
52.204-7    Jul 2013    System for Award Management
52.204-10    Jul 2013    Reporting Executive Compensation and First-Tier Subcontract Awards

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 50


52.204-13    Jul 2013    System for Award Management Maintenance
52.209-6    Aug 2013    Protecting the government’s Interests When Subcontracting With Contractors Debarred, Suspended, or Proposed for Debarment
52.209-9    Jul 2013    Updates of Publicly Available Information Regarding Responsibility Matters
52.209-10    Dec 2014    Prohibition on Contracting with Inverted Domestic Corporations
52.210-1    Apr 2011    Market Research
52.215-2    Oct 2010    Audit and Records – Negotiation
52.215-8    Oct 1997    Order of Precedence - Uniform Contract Format
52.215-10    Aug 2011    Price Reduction for Defective Certified Cost or Pricing Data
52.215-12    Oct 2010    Subcontractor Certified Cost or Pricing Data
52.215-15    Oct 2010    Pension Adjustments and Asset Reversions
52.215-18    Jul 2005    Reversion or Adjustment of Plans for Post-Retirement Benefits (PRB) other than Pensions
52.215-19    Oct 1997    Notification of Ownership Changes
52.215-21    Oct 2010    Requirements for Certified Cost or Pricing Data and Data Other Than Certified Cost or Pricing Data – Modifications
52.215-23    Oct 2009    Limitations on Pass-Through Charges
52.216-7    Jun 2013    Allowable Cost and Payment
52.216-8    Jun 2011    Fixed Fee
52.217-8    Nov 1999    Option to Extend Services
52.219-8    Oct 2014    Utilization of Small Business Concerns
52.222-2    Jul 1990    Payment for Overtime Premiums
52.222-3    Jun 2003    Convict Labor
52.222-21    Apr 2015    Prohibition of Segregated Facilities
52.222-26    Apr 2015    Equal Opportunity
52.222-35    Jul 2014    Equal Opportunity for Veterans
52.222-36    Jul 2014    Equal Opportunities for Workers with Disabilities
52.222-37    Jul 2014    Employment Reports on Veterans
52.222-40    Dec 2010    Notification of Employee Rights Under the National Labor Relations Act
52.222-50    Mar 2015    Combating Trafficking in Persons
52.222-54    Aug 2013    Employment Eligibility Verification
52.223-6    May 2001    Drug-Free Workplace
52.223-18    Aug 2011    Encouraging Contractor Policies to Ban Text Messaging While Driving

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 51


52.224-1    April 1984    Privacy Act Notification
52.224-2    April 1984    Privacy Act
52.225-13    Jun 2008    Restrictions on Certain Foreign Purchases
52.227-1    Dec 2007    Authorization and Consent, Alternate I
52.227-2    Dec 2007    Notice and Assistance Regarding Patent and Copyright Infringement
52.227-3    April 1984    Patent Indemnity
52.227-11    May 2014    Patent Rights - Ownership by the Contractor (Note: In accordance with FAR 27.303(b)(2), paragraph (e) is modified to include the requirements in FAR 27.303(b)(2)(i) through (iv). The frequency of reporting in (i) is annual.)
52.227-14    May 2014    Rights in Data – General
52.227-14    May 2014    Rights in Data – General, Alternate II
52.227-16    Jun 1987    Additional Data Requirements
52.232-9    Apr 1984    Limitation on Withholding of Payments
52.232-17    May 2014    Interest
52.232-20    Apr 1984    Limitation of Cost
52.232-23    May 2014    Assignment of Claims
52.232-25    Jun 2013    Prompt Payment Alternate I (Feb 2002)
52.232-33    Jul 2013    Payment by Electronic Funds Transfer—System for Award Management
52.233-1    May 2014    Disputes
52.233-3    Aug 1996    Protest After Award, Alternate I (June 1985)
52.233-4    Oct 2004    Applicable Law for Breach of Contract Claim
52.242-1    Apr 1984    Notice of Intent to Disallow Costs
52.242-3    May 2014    Penalties for Unallowable Costs
2.242-4    Jan 1997    Certification of Final Indirect Costs
52.242-13    Jul 1995    Bankruptcy
52.243-2    Aug 1987    Changes - Cost Reimbursement, Alternate V (Apr 1984)
52.243-6    Apr 1984    Change Order Accounting
52.244-2    Oct 2010    Subcontracts, Alternate I (Jun 2007)
52.244-5    Dec 1996    Competition in Subcontracting
52.244-6    Apr 2015    Subcontracts for Commercial Items

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 52


52.245-1    Apr 2012    Government Property
52.245-9    Apr 2012    Use and Charges
52.246-9    Apr 1984    Inspection of Research and Development (Short Form)
52.246-23    Feb 1997    Limitation of Liability
52.246-25    Feb 1997    Limitation of Liability – Services
52.247-63    Jun 2003    Preference for U.S.-Flag Air Carriers
52.247-67    Feb 2006    Submission of Transportation Documents for Audit
52.249-6    May 2004    Termination (Cost-Reimbursement)
52-249-14    Apr 1984    Excusable Delays
52.251-1    Apr 2012    Government Supply Sources
52.253-1    Jan 1991    Computer Generated Forms

 

(2) DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES ACQUISITION REGULATION (HHSAR) (48 CFR CHAPTER 3) CLAUSES:

 

HHSAR
CLAUSE NO.

  

DATE

  

TITLE

352.201-70    Jan 2006    Paperwork Reduction Act
352.202-1    Jan 2006    Definitions, with Alternate paragraph (h)
352.203-70    Mar 2012    Anti-Lobbying
352.216-70    Jan 2006    Additional Cost Principles
352.222-70    Jan 2010    Contractor Cooperation in Equal Employment Opportunity Investigations
352.223-70    Jan 2006    Safety and Health
352.224-70    Jan 2006    Privacy Act
352.227-70    Jan 2006    Publications and Publicity
352.228-7    Dec 1991    Insurance - Liability to Third Persons
352.231-70    Aug 2012    Salary Rate Limitation
352.233-71    Jan 2006    Litigation and Claims
352.242-70    Jan 2006    Key Personnel
352.242-73    Jan 2006    Withholding of Contract Payments
352.242-74    Apr 1984    Final Decisions on Audit Findings

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 53


352.270-4    Jan 2006    Protection of Human Subjects

ARTICLE I.2. ADDITIONAL CONTRACT CLAUSES

This contract incorporates the following clauses by reference, with the same force and effect, as if they were given in full text. Upon request, the Contracting Officer will make their full text available.

a. FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATION (FAR) (48 CFR CHAPTER 1) CLAUSES

ARTICLE I.3. ADDITIONAL FAR CLAUSES INCLUDED IN FULL TEXT

FAR 52.217-9 Option to Extend the Term of the Contract

O PTION TO E XTEND THE T ERM OF THE C ONTRACT (M AR 2000)

(a) The government may extend the term of this contract by written notice to the Contractor within 15 days of the date the contract expires; provided that the government gives the Contractor a preliminary written notice of its intent to extend at least 60 days before the contract expires. The preliminary notice does not commit the government to an extension.

(b) If the government exercises this option, the extended contract shall be considered to include this option clause.

(c) The total duration of this contract, including base contract and the exercise of any options under this clause, shall not exceed sixty (60) months.

FAR 52.219-1 Small Business Program Representations

SMALL BUSINESS PROGRAM REPRESENTATIONS (OCT 2014)

(b) (1) The North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code for this acquisition is 541711.

(2) The small business size standard is 500 employees.

(3) The small business size standard for a concern which submits an offer in its own name, other than on a construction or service contract, but which proposes to furnish a product which it did not itself manufacture, is 500 employees.

(c) Representations.

(1) The offeror represents as part of its offer that it [X] is, [    ] is not a small business concern.

(2) The offeror represents as part of its offer that it [    ] is, [X] is not, a small disadvantaged business concern as defined in 13 CFR 124.1002.

(3) The offeror represents as part of its offer that it [    ] is, [X] is not a woman-owned small business concern.

FAR 52.219-28, Post-Award Small Business Program Representation

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 54


P OST -A WARD S MALL B USINESS P ROGRAM R EPRESENTATION (J UL 2013)

(a) Definitions . As used in this clause—

Long-term contract means a contract of more than five years in duration, including options. However, the term does not include contracts that exceed five years in duration because the period of performance has been extended for a cumulative period not to exceed six months under the clause at 52.217-8, Option to Extend Services, or other appropriate authority.

Small business concern means a concern, including its affiliates, which is independently owned and operated, not dominant in the field of operation in which it is bidding on government contracts, and qualified as a small business under the criteria in 13 CFR part 121 and the size standard in paragraph (c) of this clause. Such a concern is “not dominant in its field of operation” when it does not exercise a controlling or major influence on a national basis in a kind of business activity in which a number of business concerns are primarily engaged. In determining whether dominance exists, consideration shall be given to all appropriate factors, including volume of business, number of employees, financial resources, competitive status or position, ownership or control of materials, processes, patents, license agreements, facilities, sales territory, and nature of business activity.

(b) If the Contractor represented that it was a small business concern prior to award of this contract, the Contractor shall represent its size status according to paragraph (e) of this clause or, if applicable, paragraph (g) of this clause, upon the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) Within 30 days after execution of a novation agreement or within 30 days after modification of the contract to include this clause, if the novation agreement was executed prior to inclusion of this clause in the contract.

(2) Within 30 days after a merger or acquisition that does not require a novation or within 30 days after modification of the contract to include this clause, if the merger or acquisition occurred prior to inclusion of this clause in the contract.

(3) For long-term contracts—

(i) Within 60 to 120 days prior to the end of the fifth year of the contract; and

(ii) Within 60 to 120 days prior to the date specified in the contract for exercising any option thereafter.

(c) The Contractor shall represent its size status in accordance with the size standard in effect at the time of this representation that corresponds to the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code assigned to this contract. The small business size standard corresponding to this NAICS code can be found at http://www.sba.gov/contractingopportunities/officials/size/index.html .

(d) The small business size standard for a Contractor providing a product which it does not manufacture itself, for a contract other than a construction or service contract, is 500 employees.

(e) Except as provided in paragraph (g) of this clause, the Contractor shall make the representation required by paragraph (b) of this clause by validating or updating all its

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 55


representations in the Online Representations and Certifications Application and its data in the Central Contractor Registration, as necessary, to ensure that they reflect the Contractor’s current status. The Contractor shall notify the contracting office in writing within the timeframes specified in paragraph (b) of this clause that the data have been validated or updated, and provide the date of the validation or update.

(f) If the Contractor represented that it was other than a small business concern prior to award of this contract, the Contractor may, but is not required to, take the actions required by paragraphs (e) or (g) of this clause.

(g) If the Contractor does not have representations and certifications in ORCA, or does not have a representation in ORCA for the NAICS code applicable to this contract, the Contractor is required to complete the following representation and submit it to the contracting office, along with the contract number and the date on which the representation was completed:

The Contractor represents that it [X] is, [    ] is not a small business concern under NAICS Code 541711 assigned to contract number HHSO100201500011C.

FAR 52.232-40, Providing Accelerated Payment to Small Business Subcontractors

PROVIDING ACCELERATED PAYMENT TO SMALL BUSINESS SUBCONTRACTORS (DEC 2013)

(a) Upon receipt of accelerated payments from the government, the contractor shall make accelerated payments to its small business subcontractors under this contract, to the maximum extent practicable and prior to when such payment is otherwise required under the applicable contract or subcontract after receipt of a proper invoice and all other required documentation from the small business subcontractor.

(b) The acceleration of payments under this clause does not provide any new rights under the Prompt Payment Act.

(c) Include the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in all subcontracts with small business concerns, including subcontracts with small business concerns for the acquisition of commercial items.

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 56


PART III - LIST OF DOCUMENTS, EXHIBITS AND OTHER ATTACHMENTS

SECTION J - LIST OF ATTACHMENTS

The following documents are attached and incorporated in this contract:

 

  1. Statement of Work, dated April 17, 2015 (21 pages).

 

  2. Milestones and Deliverables Chart (3 pages)

 

  3. Reserved

 

  4. Invoice/Financing Request Instructions and Contract Financial Reporting Instructions for Cost-Reimbursement Type Contracts (5 pages).

 

  5. Financial Report of Individual Project/Contract (1 page)

 

  6. Instructions for Completing Financial Report of Individual Project/Contract (3 pages)

 

  7. 7 Principles of Earned Value Management Tier 2 System Implementation Intent Guide (26 pages)

 

 

HHSO100201500011C

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

Page 57


PART IV - REPRESENTATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS

SECTION K - REPRESENTATIONS AND CERTIFICATIONS

The following documents are incorporated by reference in this contract:

 

  1. Annual Representations and Certifications completed and located at the System for Award Management website (SAM.gov).

2. Animal Welfare Assurance – The subcontractors, general procedures for animal care and housing will meet current Association for Assessment and Accreditation of Laboratory Animal Care International (AAALAC) recommendations, current requirements stated in the current “Guide for Care and Use of Laboratory Animals”, current requirements as stated by the U.S. Department of Agriculture through the Animal Welfare Act, as amended, and will conform to the testing facility SOPs.

End of Contract No: HHSO100201500011C

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


ATTACHMENT 1

PX563L/RPA563 ADVANCED DEVELOPMENT

Topic Area of Interest No. 1,

Contractual Statement of Work

[***]

ATTACHMENT 2

[***]

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


ATTACHMENT 3

Reserved

ATTACHMENT 4

INVOICE/FINANCING REQUEST AND CONTRACT FINANCIAL REPORTING

INSTRUCTIONS FOR COST-REIMBURSEMENT TYPE CONTRACTS

Format: Payment requests shall be submitted on the Contractor’s self-generated form in the manner and format prescribed herein and as illustrated in the Sample Invoice/Financing Request. Standard Form 1034, Public Voucher for Purchases and Services Other Than Personal, may be used in lieu of the Contractor’s self-generated form provided it contains all of the information shown on the Sample Invoice/Financing Request. DO NOT include a cover letter with the payment request.

Number of Copies: Payment requests shall be submitted in the quantity specified in the Invoice Submission Instructions in Section B of the Contract.

Frequency: Payment requests should not be submitted more frequently than once every two weeks in accordance with the Allowable Cost and Payment Clause incorporated into this contract unless otherwise instructed by the Contract Officer. Small business concerns may submit invoices/financing requests more frequently than every two weeks when authorized by the Contracting Officer.

Cost Incurrence Period: Costs incurred must be within the contract performance period or covered by previously established pre contract cost provisions.

Billing of Costs Incurred: If billed costs include (1) costs of a prior billing period, but not previously billed, or (2) costs incurred during the contract period and claimed after the contract period has expired, the Contractor shall cite the amount(s) and month(s) in which it incurred such costs.

Contractor’s Fiscal Year: Payment requests shall be prepared in such a manner that the Government can identify costs claimed with the Contractor’s fiscal year.

Currency: All contracts are expressed in United States dollars. When the Government pays in a currency other than United States dollars, billings shall be expressed, and payment by the Government shall be made, in that other currency at amounts coincident with actual costs incurred. Currency fluctuations may not be a basis of gain or loss to the Contractor.

Notwithstanding the above, the total of all invoices paid under this contract may not exceed the United States dollars authorized.

Costs Requiring Prior Approval: Costs requiring the Contracting Officer’s approval, which are not set forth in an Advance Understanding in the contract, shall be identified and reference the Contracting Officer’s Authorization (COA) Number. In addition, the Contractor shall show any cost set forth in an Advance Understanding as a separate line item on the payment request.

Invoice/Financing Request Identification: Each payment request shall be identified as either:

 

(a) Interim Invoice/Contract Financing Request: These are interim payment requests submitted during the contract performance period.

 

(b) Completion Invoice: The completion invoice shall be submitted promptly upon completion of the work, but no later than one year from the contract completion date, or within 120 days after settlement of the final indirect cost rates covering the year in which the contract is physically complete (whichever date is later). The Contractor shall submit the completion invoice when all costs have been assigned to the contract and it completes all performance provisions.

 

(c) Final Invoice: A final invoice may be required after the amounts owed have been settled between the Government and the Contractor (e.g., resolution of all suspensions and audit exceptions).

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Preparation and Itemization of the Invoice/Financing Request: The Contractor shall furnish the information set forth in the instructions below. The instructions are keyed to the entries on the Sample Invoice/Financing Request.

 

(a) Designated Billing Office Name and Address: Enter the designated billing office name and address, as identified in the Invoice Submission Instructions in Section B and F of the Contract Schedule.

 

(b) Contractor’s Name, Address, Point of Contact, VIN, and DUNS or DUNS+4 Number: Show the Contractor’s name and address exactly as they appear in the contract, along with the name, title, phone number, and e-mail address of the person to notify in the event of an improper invoice or, in the case of payment by method other than Electronic Funds Transfer, to whom payment is to be sent. Provide the Contractor’s Vendor Identification Number (VIN), and Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) number or DUNS+4. The DUNS number must identify the Contractor’s name and address exactly as stated on the face page of the contract. When an approved assignment has been made by the Contractor, or a different payee has been designated, provide the same information for the payee as is required for the Contractor (i.e., name, address, point of contact, VIN, and DUNS).

 

(c) Invoice/Financing Request Number: Insert the appropriate serial number of the payment request.

 

(d) Date Invoice/Financing Request Prepared: Insert the date the payment request is prepared.

 

(e) Contract Number and Order Number (if applicable): Insert the contract number and order number (if applicable).

 

(f) Effective Date: Insert the effective date of the contract or if billing under an order, the effective date of the order.

 

(g) Total Estimated Cost of Contract/Order: Insert the total estimated cost of the contract, exclusive of fixed-fee. If billing under an order, insert the total estimated cost of the order, exclusive of fixed-fee.

 

(h) Total Fixed-Fee: Insert the total fixed-fee (where applicable).

 

(i) Two-Way/Three-Way Match: Identify payment to be made using a three-way match.

 

(j) Office of Acquisitions: Insert the name of the Office of Acquisitions, as identified in Section G of the Contract Schedule.

 

(k) Central Point of Distribution: Insert the Central Point of Distribution, as identified in the Invoice Submission Instructions in Section G of the Contract Schedule.

 

(l) Billing Period: Insert the beginning and ending dates (month, day, and year) of the period in which costs were incurred and for which reimbursement is claimed.

 

(m) Amount Billed - Current Period: Insert the amount claimed for the current billing period by major cost element, including any adjustments and fixed-fee. If the Contract Schedule contains separately priced line items, identify the contract line item(s) on the payment request and include a separate breakdown (by major cost element) for each line item.

 

(n) Amount Billed - Cumulative: Insert the cumulative amounts claimed by major cost element, including any adjustments and fixed-fee. If the Contract Schedule contains separately priced line items, identify the contract line item(s) on the payment request and include a separate breakdown (by major cost element) for each line item.

 

(o) Direct Costs: Insert the major cost elements. For each element, consider the application of the paragraph entitled “Costs Requiring Prior Approval” on page 1 of these instructions.

 

  (1)     

 

  (2) Direct Labor: Include salaries and wages paid (or accrued) for direct performance of the contract.

For Level of Effort contracts only, the Contractor shall provide the following information on a separate sheet of paper attached to the payment request:

 

    hours or percentage of effort and cost by labor category (as specified in the Level of Effort Article in Section F of the contract) for the current billing period, and

 

    hours or percentage of effort and cost by labor category from contract inception through the current billing period. (NOTE: The Contracting Officer may require the Contractor to provide additional breakdown for direct labor, such as position title, employee name, and salary or hourly rate.)

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


  (3) Fringe Benefits: List any fringe benefits applicable to direct labor and billed as a direct cost. Do not include in this category fringe benefits that are included in indirect costs.

 

  (4) Accountable Personal Property: Include permanent research equipment and general purpose equipment having a unit acquisition cost of $1,000 or more, with a life expectancy of more than two years, and sensitive property regardless of cost (see the HHS Contractor’s Guide for Control of Government Property ). Show permanent research equipment separate from general purpose equipment.

On a separate sheet of paper attached to the payment request, list each item for which reimbursement is requested. An asterisk (*) shall precede the item if the equipment is below the $1,000 approval level. Include reference to the following (as applicable):

 

    item number for the specific piece of equipment listed in the Property Schedule, and

 

    COA number, if the equipment is not covered by the Property Schedule.

The Contracting Officer may require the Contractor to provide further itemization of property having specific limitations set forth in the contract.

 

  (5) Materials and Supplies: Include equipment with unit costs of less than $1,000 or an expected service life of two years or less, and consumable material and supplies regardless of amount.

 

  (6) Premium Pay: List remuneration in excess of the basic hourly rate.

 

  (7) Consultant Fee: List fees paid to consultants. Identify consultant by name or category as set forth in the contract or COA, as well as the effort (i.e., number of hours, days, etc.) and rate billed.

 

  (8) Travel: Include domestic and foreign travel. Foreign travel is travel outside of Canada, the United States and its territories and possessions. However, for an organization located outside Canada, the United States and its territories and possessions, foreign travel means travel outside that country. Foreign travel must be billed separately from domestic travel.

 

  (9) Subcontract Costs: List subcontractor(s) by name and amount billed. Cite applicable COA or notification.

 

  (10) Other: List all other direct costs in total unless exceeding $1,000 in amount. If over $1,000, list cost elements and dollar amounts separately. If the contract contains restrictions on any cost element, that cost element must be listed separately.

 

(p) Cost of Money (COM): Cite the COM factor and base in effect during the time the cost was incurred and for which reimbursement is claimed.

 

(q) Indirect Costs: Identify the indirect cost base (IDC), indirect cost rate, and amount billed for each indirect cost category.

 

(r) Fixed-Fee: Cite the formula or method of computation for fixed-fee, if applicable. The fixed-fee must be claimed as provided for by the contract.

 

(s) Total Amounts Claimed: Insert the total amounts claimed for the current and cumulative periods.

 

(t) Adjustments: Include amounts conceded by the Contractor, outstanding suspensions, and/or disapprovals subject to appeal.

 

(u) Grand Totals

 

(v) Certification of Salary Rate Limitation: If required by the contract (see Invoice Submission Instructions in Section G of the Contract Schedule), the Contractor shall include the following certification at the bottom of the payment request:

“I hereby certify that the salaries billed in this payment request are in compliance with the Salary Rate Limitation Provisions in Section H of the contract.”

 

(w) Signature

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


The Contracting Officer may require the Contractor to submit detailed support for costs claimed on one or more interim payment requests.

FINANCIAL REPORTING INSTRUCTIONS :

These instructions are keyed to the Columns on the sample invoice/financing request.

Column A - Expenditure Category: Enter the expenditure categories required by the contract.

Column B - Cumulative Percentage of Effort/Hrs. - Negotiated: Enter the percentage of effort or number of hours agreed to for each employee or labor category listed in Column A.

Column C - Cumulative Percentage of Effort/Hrs. - Actual: Enter the percentage of effort or number of hours worked by each employee or labor category listed in Column A.

Column D - Amount Billed - Current: Enter amounts billed during the current period.

Column E - Amount Billed - Cumulative: Enter the cumulative amounts to date.

Column F - Cost at Completion: Enter data only when the Contractor estimates that a particular expenditure category will vary from the amount negotiated. Realistic estimates are essential.

Column G - Contract Amount: Enter the costs agreed to for all expenditure categories listed in Column A.

Column H - Variance (Over or Under): Show the difference between the estimated costs at completion (Column F) and negotiated costs (Column G) when entries have been made in Column F. This column need not be filled in when Column F is blank. When a line item varies by plus or minus 10 percent, i.e., the percentage arrived at by dividing Column F by Column G, an explanation of the variance should be submitted. In the case of an overrun (net negative variance), this submission shall not be deemed as notice under the Limitation of Cost (Funds) Clause of the contract.

Modifications: Any modification in the amount negotiated for an item since the preceding report should be listed in the appropriate cost category.

Expenditures Not Negotiated: An expenditure for an item for which no amount was negotiated (e.g., at the discretion of the Contractor in performance of its contract) should be listed in the appropriate cost category and all columns filled in, except for

G. Column H will of course show a 100 percent variance and will be explained along with those identified under H above.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


SAMPLE INVOICE/FINANCING REQUEST AND CONTRACT FINANCIAL REPORT

 

(a)    Designated Billing Office Name and Address:
  

DHHS/OS/ASPR/BARDA

  

Attn: Contracting Officer

  

330 Independence Ave., S.W.

  

Room G644

  

Washington, D.C. 20201

(b)    Contractor’s Name, Address, Point of Contact, VIN, and DUNS or DUNS+4 Number:
   ABC CORPORATION
   100 Main Street
   Anywhere, USA Zip Code
  

Name, Title, Phone Number, and E-mail Address of person to notify in the event of an improper invoice or, in the case of payment by method other than Electronic Funds Transfer, to whom payment is to be sent.

  

VIN:

  

DUNS or DUNS+4:

(c)    Invoice/Financing Request No.:
(d)    Date Invoice Prepared:
(e)    Contract No. and Order No. (if applicable):  
(f)    Effective Date:
(g)    Total Estimated Cost of Contract/Order:
(h)    Total Fixed-Fee (if applicable):
(i)    ¨ Two-Way Match:
   x Three-Way Match:
(j)    Office of Acquisitions:
(k)    Central Point of Distribution:
 

 

(l) This invoice/financing request represents reimbursable costs for the period from              to             

 

Expenditure Category*

A

   Cumulative Percentage of
Effort/Hrs.
   Amount Billed    Cost at
Completion
F
   Contract
Amount
G
   Variance
H
   Negotiated
B
   Actual
C
   (m)
Current
D
   (n)
Cumulative
E
        

(o) Direct Costs:

                    

(1) Direct Labor

                    

(2) Fringe Benefits

                    

(3) Accountable Property

                    

(4) Materials & Supplies

                    

(5) Premium Pay

                    

(6) Consultant Fees

                    

(7) Travel

                    

(8) Subcontracts

                    

(9) Other

                    
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Total Direct Costs

                    
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

(p) Cost of Money

                    

(q) Indirect Costs

                    

(r) Fixed Fee

                    
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

(s) Total Amount Claimed

                    
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

(t) Adjustments

                    
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

(u) Grand Totals

                    
  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

I certify that all payments are for appropriate purposes and in accordance with the contract.

 

 

    

 

  
(Name of Official)                                      (Title)                               

 

* Attach details as specified in the contract

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


ATTACHMENT 5

 

FINANCIAL REPORT OF INDIVIDUAL

PROJECT/CONTRACT

Note: Complete this Form in Accordance with

Accompanying Instructions.

      Project Task:     Contract No.:     Date of Report:  

 

 

0990-0134        

0990-0131

 

     

Reporting Period:

 

   

Contractor Name and Address:

 

 

 

Expenditure Category

   Percentage of
Effort/Hours
   Cumulative
Incurred Cost
at End of Prior
Period
   Incurred
Cost—
Current
Period
   Cumulative
Cost to Date
(D + E)
   Estimated
Cost to
Complete
   Estimated Cost at
Completion

(F + G)
   Negotiated
Contract
Amount
   Variance (Over
or Under)
(I - H)
   Negotiated    Actual                     

A

   B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          
                          

ATTACHMENT 6

INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING

“FINANCIAL REPORT OF INDIVIDUAL PROJECT/CONTRACT”

GENERAL INFORMATION

Purpose . This Quarterly Financial Report is designed to: (1) provide a management tool for use by be BARDA in monitoring the application of financial and personnel resources to the BARDA contracts; (2) provide contractors with financial and personnel management data which is usable in their management processes; (3) promptly indicate potential areas of contract underruns or overruns by making possible comparisons of actual performance and projections with prior estimates on individual elements of cost and personnel; and (4) obtain contractor’s analyses of cause and effect of significant variations between actual and prior estimates of financial and personnel performance.

REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

Scope. The specific cost and personnel elements to be reported shall be established by mutual agreement prior to award. The Government may require the contractor to provide detailed documentation to support any element(s) on one or more financial reports.

Number of Copies and Mailing Address. An original and two (2) copies of the report(s) shall be sent to the contracting

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


officer at the address shown on the face page of the contract, no later than 30 working days after the end of the period reported. However, the contract may provide for one of the copies to be sent directly to the Contracting Officer’s Technical Representative.

REPORTING STATISTICS

A modification which extends the period of performance of an existing contract will not require reporting on a separate quarterly report, except where it is determined by the contracting officer that separate reporting is necessary. Furthermore, when incrementally funded contracts are involved, each separate allotment is not considered a separate contract entity (only a funding action). Therefore, the statistics under incrementally funded contracts should be reported cumulatively from the inception of the contract through completion.

Definitions and Instructions for Completing the Quarterly Report . For the purpose of establishing expenditure categories in Column A, the following definitions and instructions will be utilized. Each contract will specify the categories to be reported.

 

(1) Key Personnel. Include key personnel regardless of annual salary rates. All such individuals should be listed by names and job titles on a separate line including those whose salary is not directly charged to the contract but whose effort is directly associated with the contract. The listing must be kept up to date.

 

(2) Personnel—Other. List as one amount unless otherwise required by the contract.

 

(3) Fringe Benefits. Include allowances and services provided by the contractor to employees as compensation in addition to regular salaries and wages. If a fringe benefit rate(s) has been established, identify the base, rate, and amount billed for each category. If a rate has not been established, the various fringe benefit costs may be required to be shown separately. Fringe benefits which are included in the indirect cost rate should not be shown here.

 

(4) Accountable Personal Property. Include nonexpendable personal property with an acquisition cost of $1,000 or more and with an expected useful life of two or more years, and sensitive items regardless of cost. Form HHS 565, “Report of Accountable Property,” must accompany the contractor’s public voucher (SF 1034/SF 1035) or this report if not previously submitted. See “Contractor’s Guide for Control of Government Property.”

 

(5) Supplies. Include the cost of supplies and material and equipment charged directly to the contract, but excludes the cost of nonexpendable equipment as defined in (4) above.

 

(6) Inpatient Care. Include costs associated with a subject while occupying a bed in a patient care setting. It normally includes both routine and ancillary costs.

 

(7) Outpatient Care. Include costs associated with a subject while not occupying a bed. It normally includes ancillary costs only.

 

(8) Travel. Include all direct costs of travel, including transportation, subsistence and miscellaneous expenses. Travel for staff and consultants shall be shown separately. Identify foreign and domestic travel separately. If required by the contract, the following information shall be submitted: (i) Name of traveler and purpose of trip; (ii) Place of departure, destination and return, including time and dates; and (iii) Total cost of trip.

 

  (9) Consultant Fee. Include fees paid to consultant(s). Identify each consultant with effort expended, billing rate, and amount billed.

 

  (10) Premium Pay. Include the amount of salaries and wages over and above the basic rate of pay.

 

  (11) Subcontracts. List each subcontract by name and amount billed.

 

  (12) Other Costs. Include any expenditure categories for which the Government does not require individual line item reporting. It may include some of the above categories.

 

  (13) Overhead/Indirect Costs. Identify the cost base, indirect cost rate, and amount billed for each indirect cost category.

 

  (14) General and Administrative Expense. Cite the rate and the base. In the case of nonprofit organizations, this item will usually be included in the indirect cost.

 

  (15) Fee. Cite the fee earned, if any.

 

  (16) Total Costs to the Government .

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


PREPARATION INSTRUCTIONS

These instructions are keyed to the Columns on the Quarterly Report.

Column A—Expenditure Category . Enter the expenditure categories required by the contract.

Column B—Percentage of Effort/Hours Negotiated . Enter the percentage of effort or number of hours agreed to during contract negotiations for each labor category listed in Column A.

Column C—Percentage of Effort/Hours-Actual . Enter the cumulative percentage of effort or number of hours worked by each employee or group of employees listed in Column A.

Column D—Cumulative Incurred Cost at End of Prior Period . Enter the cumulative incurred costs up to the end of the prior reporting period. This column will be blank at the time of the submission of the initial report.

Column E—Incurred Cost-Current Period . Enter the costs which were incurred during the current period.

Column F—Cumulative Incurred Cost to Date . Enter the combined total of Columns D and E.

Column G—Estimated Cost to Complete . Make entries only when the contractor estimates that a particular expenditure category will vary from the amount negotiated. Realistic estimates are essential.

Column H—Estimated Costs at Completion . Complete only if an entry is made in Column G.

Column I—Negotiated Contract Amount . Enter in this column the costs agreed to during contract negotiations for all expenditure categories listed in Column A.

Column J—Variance (Over or Under) . Complete only if an entry is made in Column H. When entries have been made in Column H, this column should show the difference between the estimated costs at completion (Column H) and negotiated costs (Column I). When a line item varies by plus or minus 10 percent, i.e., the percentage arrived at by dividing Column J by Column I, an explanation of the variance should be submitted. In the case of an overrun (net negative variance), this submission shall not be deemed as notice under the Limitation of Cost (Funds) Clause of the contract.

Modifications. List any modification in the amount negotiated for an item since the preceding report in the appropriate cost category.

Expenditures Not Negotiated. List any expenditure for an item for which no amount was negotiated (e.g., at the discretion of the contractor in performance of its contract) in the appropriate cost category and complete all columns except for I. Column J will of course show a 100 percent variance and will be explained along with those identified under J above.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Department of Health & Human Services

HHS

Office of the Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Readiness

ASPR

Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Authority

BARDA

7 Principles of Earned Value Management

Tier 3

System Implementation Intent Guide

01 October 2011

 

LOGO

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

OVERVIEW

     1   

EVM IMPLEMENTATION TIERS

     3   

SEVEN PRINCIPLES OF EVM

     4   

Principle 1: Plan all Work Scope

     4   

Principle 2: Break Work into Finite Pieces and Define Person/Organization Responsible for Work

     4   

Principle 3a: Integrate Scope, Schedule and Budget into a Performance Measurement Baseline

     5   

Principle 3b: Control Changes to the Baseline

     6   

Principle 4: Use Actual Costs Incurred and Recorded in Accomplishing the Work Performed

     7   

Principle 5: Objectively Assess Accomplishments at the Work Performance Level

     7   

Principle 6a: Analyze Significant Variances From the Plan

     8   

Principle 6b: Prepare an Estimate at Completion Based on Performance to Date and Work to be Performed

     9   

Principle 7: Use EVMS Information in the Company’s Management Processes

     9   

APPENDICES

     10   

APPENDIX 1: Glossary of Terms

     10   

Appendix 2 Supplemental EVM Implementation Guideline

     20   

Appendix 3 Sample EVM Documents

     23   

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


7 Principles of EVM Tier 2 System Implementation Intent Guide

OVERVIEW

Earned Value Management (EVM) is a program management tool, technique, and discipline that facilitates systematic planning for and monitoring of, high value, complex projects. It integrates a project’s scope of work with the related budget and schedule to permit detailed assessment of overall performance during the life of the project.

Several government-wide guidance documents govern the definition and use of EVM systems. Guidelines outlining the qualities and characteristics of an EVM system are set forth in the American National Standards Institute/Electronic Industries Alliance (ANSI/EIA) Standard-748 (most current version). More detailed and specific guidance and direction is contained in OMB Circular A-11, Preparation, Submission and Execution of the Budget , specifically in Part 7 of that Circular A-11, Planning, Budgeting, Acquisition, and Management of Capital Assets , and its supplement, the Capital Programming Guide. Based on this collective OMB guidance, EVMS is intended to be used on those parts of acquisitions that will involve developmental effort. This would include not only those acquisitions designated by the agency as major systems but also those acquisitions that include significant developmental, modification, or upgrade during the operational or steady-state phase of a program.

The FAR rule on EVMS became effective on July 5, 2006. Its purpose is to implement EVMS policy in accordance with OMB Circular A-11. Because the new FAR coverage applies throughout the executive branch and to agencies with disparate definitions of and processes and procedures for major systems acquisitions, the FAR Council decided against a “one-size-fits all” approach and left several significant aspects of the detailed implementation up to the discretion of each covered agency.

The FAR and Health and Human Services Acquisition Regulations (HHSAR) language for EVMS will be utilized for all construction or Information Technology (IT) projects. Since most of the acquisitions at the Biomedical Advanced Research and Development Agency (BARDA) are unique in that most acquisitions are not Information Technology projects or construction projects, BARDA is developing EVM language that incorporates the 7 Principles of Earned Value Management. These principles allow flexibility to an EVM system structure but still meet the spirit of the ANSI/EIA Standard-748. It also incorporates discipline in implementation and operations and also provides the same reporting data outlined by OMB.

The Seven Principles of Earned Value Management are as follows:

 

  1. Plan all work scope to completion

 

  2. Break down the program work scope into finite pieces that can be assigned to a responsible person or organization for control of technical, schedule and cost objectives

 

  3. Integrate program work scope, schedule, and cost objectives into a performance measurement baseline plan against which accomplishments can be measured. Control changes to the baseline.

 

  4. Use actual costs incurred and recorded in accomplishing the work performed.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

1


7 Principles of EVM Tier 2 System Implementation Intent Guide

 

  5. Objectively assess accomplishments at the work performance level.

 

  6. Analyze significant variances from the plan, forecast impacts, and prepare an estimate at completion based on performance to date and work to be performed.

 

  7. Use earned value information in the company’s management processes.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

2


7 Principles of EVM Tier 2 System Implementation Intent Guide

 

EVM IMPLEMENTATION TIERS

BARDA will be implementing a tiered approach to EVM based on the type of acquisition, size of the acquisition and the technical readiness level. There are three tiers and they are as follows:

TIER 1

For all construction contracts and IT contracts the ANSI/EIA-748 Standard for Earned Value Management Systems will apply and all relevant FAR/HHSAR clauses pertaining to EVMS will be incorporated in the contract. The National Defense Industrial Association (NDIA) Program Management Systems Committee (PMSC) ANSI/EIA-748 Standard for Earned Value Management Systems Intent Guide should be used as guidance.

TIER 2

For countermeasure research and development contracts that have a total acquisition costs greater than or equal to $25 million and have a Technical Readiness Level (TRL) of less than 7 will apply EVM principles for tracking cost, schedule and technical performance that comply with the 7 Principles of EVM Implementation.

TIER 3

For countermeasure research and development contracts that have total acquisition costs less than $25 million but greater than $10 million will apply EVM principles for tracking cost, schedule and technical performance that are consistent with the 7 Principles of EVM Implementation.

This Guide is an explanation of the intent of what is expected for a Tier 2 system implementation of the 7 Principles of EVM.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

3


7 Principles of EVM Tier 2 System Implementation Intent Guide

 

SEVEN PRINCIPLES OF EVM

Principle 1: Plan all Work Scope

In a performance measurement system implementation the Statement of Work (SOW) should reflect all work that is to be performed. In a 7 Principles implementation a Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) shall be developed to include all elements of the SOW. The level of the WBS may not be as detailed as in a Tier 1 implementation. It would be developed at a higher level, such as level three or four, however, the government may expand specific technical legs to lower than level four and it may retract some non-technical legs to higher than 3. It is beneficial and required to develop a WBS dictionary that explains what work is going to be performed in each WBS in detail. This will ensure that the contractor has identified all work scope and left no major work undefined. It is recommended that the work packages descriptions are clear and detailed so that there is an understanding of the work that is to be performed in the work packages. For the 7 Principles implementation programs it would be acceptable for the WBS Dictionary be expanded to include information that would normally be kept on a Work Authorization Document, such as charge numbers associated with the work, period of performance, the manager who is responsible for the work, and budget associated with the WBS. The additional “WAD info” would only be added to the lowest level (i.e. level 3 or 4) of the WBS. The roll up level WBS would only include scope. By doing this documentation is limited to one document instead of two.

By developing a WBS and a WBS Dictionary/Work Authorization Document the work scope has been defined but the documentation is greatly reduced and the costs associated with developing and updating the documentation is reduced. The intent of the combination document is not to reduce the level of information provided to the government but to reduce the amount of documents that need to be produced. An example of a WBS dictionary and Work Authorization document and what is expected on the document(s) is provided.

In a Tier 3 implementation it is not necessary to provide a WBS Dictionary or a Work Authorization Document but it is important to develop a WBS and define a scope of work for each level of the WBS at the reporting level (usually level 3 or 2).

Principle 2: Break Work into Finite Pieces and Define Person/Organization Responsible for Work

In a 7 Principles Tier 2 implementation it is recommended that the work be broken into finite pieces in the schedule tool. It is recommended to plan the work by the lowest level WBS. The lowest level WBS (level 3 or 4) should be the control account and the activities would act as the work packages. Most of the normal functions accomplished when scheduling will be required on a 7 Principles Tier 3 implementation. These normal functions include, network scheduling, horizontal and vertical traceability, forecasting schedule start and completion dates, and running critical path analysis. As part of vertical traceability it is expected that all contract milestones will be listed on the schedule.

The schedule should include but is not limited to include the following fields:

WBS number

Control Account number

Work package number

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

4


7 Principles of EVM Tier 2 System Implementation Intent Guide

 

Task name

Duration

Baseline Start and Finish Dates

Actual Start and Finish Dates

Forecast Start and Finish Dates

Predecessor/Successors

Activity Percent Complete

All the work scheduled at the lowest level WBS should be identified by a single responsible manager. This manager, known as a Control Account Manager should be identified in the schedule tool and/or in a cost tool. In a 7 Principles implementation, only individuals at the lowest level WBS need be identified and there is no requirement for the costs to roll up by organization, although if it is not cost intensive or tool restricted then developing the OBS is recommended. In many cases, BARDA will provide the top three levels of the WBS for the contractor to use.

Principle 3a: Integrate Scope, Schedule and Budget into a Performance Measurement Baseline

This principle integrates the work scope, the schedule and the budget into a performance measurement baseline. Since we discussed work scope and schedule the focus of this principle is the incorporation of the budget in a time-phased manner. The budget must be integrated with the scope of work and the schedule into a Performance Measurement Baseline (PMB). The budget is made up of both direct and indirect dollars. An accepted way of incorporating the budget and integrating with the scope and schedule is to resource load the Microsoft Project (or other scheduling tool) schedule. This is done by loading the individual people and their loaded rate into the tool. This budget data will be input at the work package level with a rate that includes the indirect costs. The budget will have to have the capability to be rolled up to the control account level and will need to be reported in a way that provides the responsible manager (Control Account Manager) with information needed to manage the program. Resource loading of the schedule is not the only way to incorporate the budget. As long as the budget in the budget/EV tool is linked to the schedule activities and it is flexible to change when schedule baseline dates change, then loading the budget in the Budget/EV tool is an acceptable way to integrate the cost and schedule baselines. The budget information will be displayed on the time- phased Control Account Plan reports. These reports should have the flexibility to report the dollars both in total dollars, as well as, direct and indirect broken out separately. Also the report is generally required as a deliverable on most contracts and must have the capability to include earned value or Budgeted Cost of Work Performed (BCWP) and actual costs or Actual Costs of Work Performed (ACWP).

Budgeting of subcontractor effort will vary depending on whether or not the subcontractor is a cost plus or fixed price subcontract. If it is cost plus then the expectation is that there will be monthly billing of costs from the subcontractor to the prime contractor and therefore budget must be planned in accordance with the work completed and billed. If it is fixed price then the budget should be planned with work execution or milestones completed and budget should only be planned in those months where work is expected to be completed.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

5


7 Principles of EVM Tier 2 System Implementation Intent Guide

 

It is recommended that management reserve and undistributed budget be utilized in the budgeting process. Undistributed budget is budget that has not yet been distributed to a control account and it requires additional time to plan the work and distribute the budget to a control account. It is a temporary holding account and budget should only stay in Undistributed Budget for one or two months. If the work scope is easily identified to all the control accounts then the use of Undistributed Budget may not be necessary.

Management Reserve is budget that is set aside, normally by the Program Manager, to be used to budget future but currently unknown tasks. It is associated with risk issues and is to be used to mitigate risk. It is not part of the Performance Measurement Baseline and it should not be used for out of scope work and to cover overruns.

Principle 3b: Control Changes to the Baseline

A properly controlled PMB is crucial to effective program management. The timely and accurate incorporation of contractual changes ensures that the information generated from the execution of the baseline plan provides an accurate picture of progress and facilitates correct management actions and decisions. The accurate and timely incorporation of authorized and negotiated changes into the PMB ensures that valid performance measurement information is generated for the new scope being executed. Near term new scope effort should be planned and have budget in control accounts. Far term new scope effort that cannot be reasonably planned in the near term can either be put in planning packages in the control account or left in Undistributed Budget if the control account has not been identified. The timely and accurate incorporation of authorized and negotiated changes into the PMB ensures that valid performance measurement information is generated for the new scope being executed. Budget revisions are made when work is added to the contract and are traceable from authorized contract target costs to the control account budgets or from management reserve. Management reserve may be used for future work when additional in-scope work has been identified.

Retroactive changes to the baseline may mask variance trends and prevent the use of performance data to project estimates of cost and schedule at completion. Controlling retroactive adjustments, which should only be made in the current period, if possible, is imperative because they could arbitrarily eliminate existing cost and schedule variances.

The use of program budget logs should be used to track and log all budget changes. The ability to track budget values for both the internal and external changes will help in the maintenance of the performance measurement baseline from program start to completion. Contractor is expected to utilize baseline change documentation facilitating the change. It should provide the rationale/justification, approval process, work scope additions or deletions, dollars, changes to schedules, estimate at completion, etc. It should also include contractual change documents for external changes, such as a contract modification, letter to proceed, not to exceed letter, change order, etc., that transmit and authorize the change or addition to work, budget, and schedule.

Other documents that should change if a change of scope has been authorized is: Statement of Work, WBS (changes if applicable); WBS Dictionary (additions or deletions to scope); work authorization documents authorizing new scope, schedule and budget; schedules.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

6


7 Principles of EVM Tier 2 System Implementation Intent Guide

 

Principle 4: Use Actual Costs Incurred and Recorded in Accomplishing the Work Performed

Some of the new acquisitions at BARDA will be required to be compliant with the Cost Accounting Standards. For Tier 3 implementation contractors must utilize a work order/job order/task code charge number structure that uniquely identifies costs at the control account level, which may be as high as the reporting level of the WBS. This will allow for accumulation and summarization of costs to higher levels of the work breakdown structure. Actual costs are accumulated in the formal accounting system in a manner consistent with the way the related work is planned and budgeted. Actual costs reported in the performance reports agrees with the costs recorded in the accounting system or can be explained as timing differences. The contractor will have to be able to incorporate and reconcile to the accounting system actual costs on their Contract Performance Reports (CPR) to the customer.

Depending on the amount of material and subcontractors on the program, it may be necessary for reporting purposes, to include accruals, or estimated actuals, for these costs. Since material and subcontractor invoices are not paid and recorded in the accounting system for up to several months after the work has been planned, performance data will be skewed. Accruing or estimating actual costs based on receipt (for material) and expended hours for subcontractors will alleviate this issue. The use of accrual/estimated actuals should be reviewed on a case by case basis depending on the size of program, the amount of material or subcontractor budget and costs. If the material and subcontract effort on the project is minimal (represents less than 5% of the project budget) then the time and effort needed to manage the accruals would outweigh the benefit of having the costs accrued since the performance data would only be minimally affected. Although actual costs are generally reported to the USG in total dollars the system must be able to differentiate and report direct costs and indirect costs if requested.

If the subcontractor has a fixed price contract the prime contractor, then the prime contractor must report actual costs in accordance with the work that is accomplished. This is achieved by recording the actual costs equal to the work that was performed in the EVM system and on the CPR. If the subcontractor is a cost plus contract its imperative the costs the prime reports is in accordance with the costs incurred in that month. This is necessary to ensure that the data reported is not skewed. With this premise, fixed price subcontractors cost variances should not exist or be reported on the CPR whereas the cost reported for cost plus subcontractors should be based on what was incurred and not what has been invoiced to date, which may be months behind.

Principle 5: Objectively Assess Accomplishments at the Work Performance Level

In order to meet this Principle, the scheduling of the scope of work in work packages or activities need to incorporate measurable units or milestones in order to objectively assess accomplishments or obtain what we call “earned value”. These units or milestones are given a value based on labor resources needed to accomplish the work (which becomes the Budgeted Cost of Work Scheduled or BCWS). When they are accomplished (known as Budgeted Cost of Work Performed or BCWP) they receive the value associated with the budget which measures progress.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

7


7 Principles of EVM Tier 2 System Implementation Intent Guide

 

Schedule status to measure progress needs to be on at least on a monthly basis although it is preferred on a bi-weekly basis. As part of the status process progress dates, such as actual start/complete and forecast start/complete need to be updated.

Since Microsoft Project seems to be the schedule tool of choice by most contractors, there are four types of earned value methodologies utilized by Microsoft Project of which two assess progress by the completion of milestones and they are the 50/50 and 0/100 methodologies. In both cases, progress is reported for completion milestones and in the 50/50 methodology fifty percent of the value of the work package/activity is credited for starting the work. The other two earned value methodologies are assessed percent complete (also know as Supervisor’s Estimate) and level of effort (LOE). All four methodologies are legitimate earn value measurement techniques.

Additional earned value methodologies, such as the weighted milestone methodology and percent complete with milestone gates may be utilized. The weighted milestone method allows value to be earned based on the resource value in each month, which eliminates artificial schedule variances.

For subcontractors that have a fixed price contract with the prime contractor, the expectation is that there will be no cost variance. The ACWP reported on the CPR will equal the BCWP earned, regardless of the payment schedule with subcontractor.

Principle 6a: Analyze Significant Variances From the Plan

The purpose of this principle is to ensure that the earned value data is analyzed by the contractor and reported to the customer. The 7 Principles programs should be able to calculate the cost variance (BCWP minus Actual Cost of Work Performed (ACWP) and the schedule variance (BCWP minus BCWS) at least on a cumulative basis. It is recommended that variances be calculated on a current month basis also. The EVM system should also provide both monthly and cumulative Cost Performance Index (BCWP divided by ACWP) and Schedule Performance Index (BCWP divided by the BCWS). This data should be provided at the control account level and at the roll up levels and it needs to be in a format for Control Account Managers and program management to be able to utilize in managing the work.

It is also recommended that the To-Complete Performance Index (TCPI) be included in the Control Account Manager performance report. The TCPI is a valuable index that calculates the cost performance the control account needs to perform at in order to complete the work within the current reported EAC. When the TCPI is compared against the cumulative CPI it gives a good indication whether or not the current EAC is reasonable. For example, if a cumulative CPI is .85 and the TCPI calculates to equal 1.15 that is the performance factor that work would need to perform at in order to meet the current EAC. If the cumulative CPI is .85 then it can be determined that the current EAC might not be reasonable. It allows management and Project Controls the opportunity to question the Control Account Manager as to the validity of the current EAC. As a rule in thumb if the deviation between the CPI and the TCPI is greater than .2 then the CAM should reassess the control account EAC.

These reports, which should be provided monthly, should also include the current Budget at Completion (BAC) and the current Estimate at Completion (EAC). In addition, it would be a

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

8


7 Principles of EVM Tier 2 System Implementation Intent Guide

 

plus if the CAM could see a report with their time-phased spread of hours and dollars for their budget plan (BCWS), work accomplished (BCWP) and actual costs (ACWP).

For all variances that exceed the contractual variance threshold will include a description of what caused the variance, impact to the control account and the program, and a corrective action.

Principle 6b: Prepare an Estimate at Completion Based on Performance to Date and Work to be Performed

Providing an updated EAC is a prime concern of the customer and the contractor. Therefore a robust EAC process should be in place whether the program is ANSI compliant or not.

Based on the performance to date the Estimates at Completion can be updated on a monthly basis by the Control Account Manager in the scheduling tool during the status process or in the cost/EVM tool at the end of the month’s process prior to submittal of the EVM report. The EAC is an element of the performance measurement system that needs to accurately reflect the contractor’s best estimate of what it will cost to complete the project.

Program management should be able to validate control account manager’s EACs by looking at performance indices, such as the To-Complete Performance Index, as well as independent statistical EACs.

Principle 7: Use EVMS Information in the Company’s Management Processes

One of the key areas that concerns government Program Management Offices (PMO) is the level of importance that contractor’s place on EVM as a management tool. During a site visit, such as conducting an Integrated Baseline Review, the PMO gauges what the interest, knowledge, and most importantly, the usage of the performance measurement data in managing the program.

They want to know that the managers on the program, including the program manager, have received some earned value training. The level of involvement and use of the EVM data to manage their schedule, cost and technical issues is ascertained by questions. The PMO can also tell by how robust the EACs are and if the variance narratives are being written with impacts to the program and corrective actions being monitored by the contractor. It is important that the contractor’s management team, including the Program Manager, utilize the data from the performance measurement system as a management tool. They should be knowledgeable and understand the data. They should know what is causing the variances and ensure that the variance narratives are written properly and answer what the issues, impacts and corrective actions are. They should be able to demonstrate that they use the information to assist them in the management decision process.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

9


7 Principles of EVM Tier 2 System Implementation Intent Guide

 

APPENDICES

The following appendices provide further support in understanding the meaning and intent of properly implementing the 7 Principles of EVM.

Appendix 1 is a glossary of the terms used in the Intent Guide.

Appendix 2 is supplemental guidance on EVM implementation. It provides some guidelines on what is expected in the implementation, required documents needed for the Performance Measurement Baseline Review, expected EVM implementation costs, EVM engines functionality needs, explains what is expected in the monthly EVM facilitation, discusses what EVM consultants need to know, and what the expected costs of EVM to BARDA.

Appendix 3 are examples of some of the EVM documents that are needed in an EVM system. There are three documents and they mostly apply to Tier 2 EVM implementations. These documents are samples and are not a reflection of the specific way the document must look. It’s included to provide contractors with an understanding of the type of information that is expected on these forms.

APPENDIX 1: Glossary of Terms

 

Actual Cost of Work Performed (ACWP)    The costs actually applied and recorded in accomplishing the work performed within a specified period.
Actual Direct Cost    Those costs identified specifically with a contract, based upon the contractor’s cost identification and accumulation system as accepted by the cognizant DCAA representatives. (See Direct Costs).
Advance Agreement (AA)    An agreement between the contractor and the Contract Administration Office concerning the application of an approved earned value management system to contracts within the affected facility.
Authorized Work    That effort which has been authorized and is on contract, or that for which authorized contract costs have not been agreed to but for which written authorization has been received.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

10


7 Principles of EVM Tier 2 System Implementation Intent Guide

 

Baseline    (See Performance Measurement Baseline).
Budget at Completion (BAC)    The sum of all budgets (BCWS) allocated to the contract. Synonymous with the term Performance Measurement Baseline.
Budgeted Cost for Work Performed (BCWP)    The sum of the budgets for completed Work Packages and completed portions of open Work Packages, plus the appropriate portion of the budgets for level of effort and apportioned effort (Also see Earned Value).
Budgeted Cost for Work Scheduled (BCWP)    The sum of the budgets for completed Work Packages, planning packages, etc., scheduled to be accomplished (including in-process Work Packages), plus the amount of level of effort and apportioned effort scheduled to be accomplished within a given time period.
Change Order (CO)    A formal authorization by the Procuring Contracting Officer for a change of scope to an existing contract
Contract Modification    A written and binding authorization to proceed created after change proposal negotiations.
Contract Budget Base (CBB)   

The negotiated contract cost plus the estimated cost of authorized unpriced work, where:

 

(1) Negotiated Contract Cost is that cost on which contractual agreement has been reached. For an incentive contract, it is the definitized contract target cost plus/minus the value of changes which have been priced and incorporated into the contract through contract change order or supplemental agreement. For fixed-fee contracts, it is the negotiated estimated cost. Changes to the estimated cost will consist only of the formal contract modifications or change orders or change in the contract statement of work, not for cost growth, and

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

11


7 Principles of EVM Tier 2 System Implementation Intent Guide

 

   (2) Estimated cost of authorized, unpriced work is the estimated cost (excluding fee or profit) for that work for which written authorization has been received, but for which definitized contract prices have not been incorporated into the contract through supplemental agreement.
Control Account    A management control point at which actual costs can be accumulated and compared to budgeted cost for work performed. A control account is a natural control point for cost/schedule planning and control since it represents the work assigned to one responsible organizational element on one contract work breakdown structure (CWBS) element.
Control Account Manager (CAM)    A member of a functional organization responsible for task performance detailed in a Control Account and for managing the resources authorized to accomplish the tasks.
Control Account Plan (CAP) Report    A CAP report is a timephased report which reflects all the work and effort to be performed in a control account. The CAP report will reflect the hours and dollars by element of cost (labor, subcontract, ODC, etc) and may also include milestone information.
Contract Performance Report (CPR)    The monthly report submitted to the customer showing the current, cumulative and at completion status, the performance measurement baseline, manpower loading, and a narrative explanation of significant program variances.
Contract Target Cost    The dollar value (excluding fee or profit) negotiated in the original contract plus the cumulative cost (excluding fee or profit) applicable to all definitized changes to the contract. It consists of the estimated cost negotiated for a cost plus fixed fee contract and the definitized target cost for an incentive contract. The contract target cost does not include the value of authorized/un-negotiated work, and is thus equal to the contract budget base only when all authorized work has been negotiated/definitized.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

12


7 Principles of EVM Tier 2 System Implementation Intent Guide

 

Cost Performance Index (CPI)    An efficiency rating reflecting a project’s budget performance - either over or under. Measured as a ratio of the budgeted value of work accomplished versus the actual costs expended for a given project time period. The formula for CPI is BCWP/ACWP.
Discrete Effort    Program effort that has a measurable output, product or service.
Direct Costs    Those costs (labor, material, etc.) that can be reasonably and consistently related directly to service performed on a unit of work, and are charged directly to the contract, without distribution to an overhead unit.
Earned Value    See Budgeted Cost for Work Performed (BCWP)
Earned Value Management System (EVMS)    A project management system utilized for measuring project progress in an objective manner. Combines measurements of scope, schedule, and cost in a single integrated system.
Estimate at Completion (EAC)    A value (expressed in dollars and/or hours) developed to represent a realistic appraisal of the final cost of tasks when accomplished. It’s the sum of direct & indirect costs to date plus the estimate of costs for all authorized Work remaining. The EAC = ACWP + the Estimate-to-Complete.
Estimate to Completion (ETC)    A value (expressed in dollar and/or hours) developed to represent a realistic appraisal of the cost of the work still required to be accomplished in completing a task.
Indirect Costs    Represents those costs, because they are incurred for common or joint objectives, are not readily subject to

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

13


7 Principles of EVM Tier 2 System Implementation Intent Guide

 

   treatment as direct costs. (See overhead).
Integrated Baseline Review (IBR)   

An Integrated Baseline Review (IBR) also known as Performance Measurement Baseline Review (PMBR) is a formal review led by the Government Program Manager and Technical Support Staff. An IBR is conducted jointly with the Government and their Contractor counterparts.

 

The purpose of an IBR is to: verify the technical content of the Performance Measurement Baseline (PMB); assess the accuracy of the related resources (budgets) and schedules; identify potential risks.

Integrated Master Plan (IMP)    The overall program plan including the work definition, technical approach, performance criteria, and completion criteria.
Integrated Master Schedule (IMS)    The IMS expands the IMP to the work planning level. It defines the tasks, their durations, milestones, milestone dates which relate to the IMP completion criteria, and interdependencies required to complete the program. The IMP and IMS are used to track and execute the program.
Integrated Product Team (IPT)    A grouping of project personnel along project objective lines rather than along organizational lines. Integrated Product Teams are work teams that represent a transition from a functional organization structure to a multi- functional project objective arrangement.
Internal Replanning    Replanning actions performed by the program for remaining effort within the recognized total allocated budget.
Level of Effort (LOE)    Work that does not result in a final product, e. g., liaison, coordination, follow-up, or other support activities, and which cannot be effectively associated with a definable end

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

14


7 Principles of EVM Tier 2 System Implementation Intent Guide

 

   product process result. It is measured only in terms of resources actually consumed within a given time period.
Management Reserve (MR)    An amount of the total Contract Budget Base (CBB) withheld for management control purposes rather than designated for the accomplishment of a specific task or set of tasks. It is not a part of the Performance Measurement Baseline.
Negotiated Contract Target Cost    The estimated cost negotiated in a Cost Plus Award Fee (CPAF), Cost Plus Fixed Fee (CPFF), Cost Plus Incentive Fee (CPIF) or Fixed Price Incentive Fee (FPIF) contract.
Original Budget    The budget established at, or near, the time the contract was signed, based on the negotiated contract cost.
Overhead    Indirect labor and material, supplies and services costs and other charges, which cannot be consistently identified with individual programs.
Other Direct Costs    A group of accounting elements which can be isolated to specific tasks, other than labor and material. Included in ODC are such items as travel, computer time, and services
Performance Measurement Baseline (PMB)    The time-phased budget plan against which contract performance is measured. It is formed by the budgets assigned to scheduled Control Accounts and the allocation of overhead costs. For future effort, not planned to the Control Account level, the performance measurement baseline also includes budgets assigned to higher level WBS elements, and undistributed budgets. It equals the total assigned budget less management reserve.
Performing Organization    A defined unit within the program organization structure, which applies the resources to performs the authorized scope

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

15


7 Principles of EVM Tier 2 System Implementation Intent Guide

 

   of work.
Planning Package    A logical aggregation of far term work within a Control Account that can be identified and budgeted but not yet defined into Work Packages.
Reprogramming    Replanning of the effort remaining in the contract, resulting in a new budget allocation which exceeds the contract budget base. The resulting baseline is called an Over Target Baseline (OTB).
Responsible Organization    A defined unit within program’s organization structure that is assigned responsibility for accomplishing specific tasks.
Risk Register    Is a tool commonly used in project planning and organizational risk assessments. It is often referred to as a Risk Log. It is used for identifying, analyzing and managing risks.
Schedule Performance Index (SPI)    An efficiency rating reflecting how quickly or slowly project work is progressing. Measured as a ratio of work accomplished versus work planned for a given period of time. The formula for SPI is BCWP/BCWS.
Significant Variances    Those differences between planned and actual cost and schedule performance which require further review, analysis, or action. Appropriate thresholds are established as to the magnitude of variances which will require variance analysis.
Statistical Estimate at Completion    Is a single point estimate that can be quickly prepared and used to test the reasonableness of the current cost estimates and budget and to indicate when a comprehensive EAC should be prepared

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

16


7 Principles of EVM Tier 2 System Implementation Intent Guide

 

Time-Phased S/P/A Report    Provides the timphased budget, performance (earned value) and actual costs at a specific level. It may be at the reporting level, control account, and/or work package level. In all cases the report will also provide the data at the total project level.
To-Complete Performance Index (TCPI)    An efficiency rating that provides a projection of the anticipated performance required to achieve the EAC. TCPI indicates the future required cost efficiency needed to achieve a target EAC (Estimate At Complete). Any significant difference between TCPI and the CPI needed to meet the EAC should be accounted for by management in their forecast of the final cost.
Total Allocated Budget (TAB)    The sum of all budgets allocated to the contract. Total allocated budget consists of the performance measurement baseline and all management reserve. The total allocated budget will reconcile directly to the Contract Budget Base (CBB). Any differences will be documented as to quantity and cause.
Undistributed Budget (UB)    Budget applicable to contract effort which has not yet been identified to WBS elements at or below the lowest level of reporting to the Government.
Variance Analysis Report (VAR)    The internal report completed by the Control Account Manager and submitted, through the Intermediate Manager, to the program manager for those Control Accounts which have variances in excess of established thresholds.
Variances    (See Significant Variances).
Work Authorization Document (WAD)    A form used to formally authorize and budget work to the Control Account Manager. This document must include, as a minimum, the Control Account number, Statement of Work, scheduled start and finish dates, budget, and the

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

17


7 Principles of EVM Tier 2 System Implementation Intent Guide

 

   identity of the CAM. It must be approved by Intermediate Manager, and be agreed to by the Control Account Manager.
Work Breakdown Structure (WBS)   

A product-oriented, family-tree composed of hardware, software, services, data and facilities which results from system engineering efforts. A work breakdown structure displays and defines the product(s) to be developed and/ or produced and relates the elements of work to be accomplished to each other and to the end product.

 

(1) Program WBS. The work breakdown structure that covers the acquisition of a specific defense material item and is related to contractual effort. A program work breakdown structure includes all applicable elements consisting of at least the first three levels of the work breakdown structure and extended by the program manager and /or contractor(s). A program work breakdown structure has uniform element terminology, definition, and placement in the family tree structure.

 

(2) Contract WBS (CWBS) The complete WBS for a contract, developed and used by a contractor within the guidelines of MIL-Handbook 881 (latest revision) or NASA WBS Handbook (insert reference) or other customer guidelines and according to the contract work statement. It includes the approved work breakdown structure for reporting purposes and its discretionary extension to the lower levels by the contractor, in accordance with MIL- Handbook 881 and the contract work statement. It includes all the elements for the products (hardware, software, data, or services) which are the responsibility of the contractor.

Work Packages    Detailed short-span jobs, or material items, identified by the contractor for accomplishing work required to complete the contract. A Work Package has the following characteristics.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

18


7 Principles of EVM Tier 2 System Implementation Intent Guide

 

  

1. It represents units of work at levels where work is performed.

  

2. It is clearly distinguishable from all other work packages.

  

3. It is assignable to a single organizational element.

  

4. It has scheduled start and finish dates and, as applicable, interim milestones, all of which are representative of physical accomplishment.

  

5. It has a budget or assigned value expressed in terms of dollars, man-hours or other measurable units.

  

6. Its duration is limited to a relatively short span of time or it is subdivided by discrete value milestones to facilitate the objective measurement of work performed.

  

7. It is integrated with detailed engineering, manufacturing, or other schedules.

Work Package Budgets    Resources which are formally assigned by the CAM to accomplish a Work Package, expressed in dollars and/or hours.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

19


7 Principles of EVM Tier 2 System Implementation Intent Guide

 

Appendix 2 Supplemental EVM Implementation Guideline

Implementation of a 7 Principles of EVM system should be less expensive than if there was an ANSI/EIA-748. There is no need for the system to have to go through an EVM compliance review, plus the level of documentation should be streamlined.

The implementation should include:

 

    EVM Process flows that reflect how a company will build and maintain the EVM system. (EVM Procedures may also be included if the cost associated with them is reasonable)

 

    EVM engine tool and a schedule tool. It is not necessary to load the schedule tool, such as Microsoft Project, with resources. This adds an extra strep, additional costs and little to no value. It is recommended that all resource information be loaded in the EVM engine and leave the schedule tool to what it does best, measure progress through time (duration).

 

    The EVM Engine needs to be integrated with the company’s accounting system.

Documentation needed for the Performance Measurement Baseline Review (PMBR)

 

    WBS Dictionary/Control Account Work Authorization Documentation

 

    Integrated Master Schedule

 

    Responsibility Assignment Matrix

 

    Control Account Plans

 

    PMB Log

 

    Baseline Revision Documents

 

    Risk Register

EVM IMPLEMENTATION COSTS

The cost for an implementation depends on the size of the contract and the tier level of EVM.

Tier 2 (projects greater than $25M)

Implementation costs should range $75K-$125K

Tier 3 (projects less than $25M)

Implementation costs should range ($50K - $100K)

EVM ENGINES/TOOLS

Depending on the size of the contract would predicate the level of functionality that would be needed. For Tier 2 contracts a larger, more robust EVM engine would be needed. For the Tier 3 small contracts MS Project or the MSP wrap-around would probably suffice although the more robust EVM engines can be used also.

Tier 2

It is recommended that one of the larger and flexible EVM engines be utilized. The tool should have the flexibility to be able to download data from MS Project and be able to upload or input budget data to provide time-phased budget information down to the work package level. It should be able to incorporate the companies Organization Breakdown Structure. It should be able

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

20


7 Principles of EVM Tier 2 System Implementation Intent Guide

 

to maintain baseline, actual costs, forecast and performance periodic data. It should be able to forecast Estimate to Complete with the ability to set up different rate tables if necessary. It should have the capability to use all earned value methodologies. It should be able to print many types of EVM reports that can provide information to the Control Account Managers (CAM) and Program Managers (PM), as well as, the Contract Performance Report (CPR) and the Control Account Plans (CAP) that are contract deliverables.

Tier 3

For Tier 3 projects, a company can certainly utilize an EVM engine as listed above or a less robust, less expensive EVM engine that provides the CPR and timephased S/P/A report. It may also use the Microsoft Project wrap-around tools of which there are several on the market. These tools also will provide the CPR and timephased S/P/A report for contract deliverable purposes.

EVM FACILITATION

EVM facilitation pertains to the monthly process to include:

 

    Schedule Status

 

    Integration of accounting data into EVM engine

 

    Run monthly reports for Control Account Managers (Tier 2 only)

 

    Prepare the monthly Contract Performance Report (CPR) Formats 1 and 5

 

    Run the monthly timephased S/P/A for both internal and external (contract requirement)

 

    PMB Change Control

Depending on the size of contract, a contractor should have an EVM/cost analyst and schedule analyst for a Tier 2 contract and one combined cost/schedule analyst for a Tier 3 contract. The costs for a schedule analyst on a yearly basis for an employee hire should be equal to or less than $125K. For a cost analyst it should be equal to or less than $110K. If a company is bringing in a contractor to provide staff implementation the costs should be up to $125/hr for a schedule analyst and $110/hr for an EVM/cost analyst.

EVM CONSULTANTS

There may be the need to bring in consultants to help set up your EVM system and perhaps provide EVM staff augmentation to provide the monthly facilitation. Make sure that you shop around and get several quotes. Also make sure that the consultants understand the statement of work pertaining to the BARDA EVM requirements. Most EVM consultants are used to working with companies that have a requirement to implement an ANSI/748 compliant EVM system per the DoD requirements and it is important that they have an understanding of what is required in a 7 Principles EVM implementation so that they don’t propose much more complex EVM system than is needed. Please be advised that the government will only accept reasonable costs associated with implementing a 7 Principles of EVM system.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

21


7 Principles of EVM Tier 2 System Implementation Intent Guide

 

COST OF EVM

BARDA is working diligently to keep the costs of EVM implementation and facilitation at a reasonable level. Since the goal at BARDA is to provide an integrated, systematic approach to the development and purchase of the necessary vaccines, drugs, therapies, and diagnostic tools for public health medical emergencies, it is imperative that the funds for product development are used for that such purpose. BARDA expects the costs for implementation and facilitation of EVM to range 1%-2% of development budget. This is ratified by the white paper by Dr. Christenson titled “The Costs and Benefits of the Earned Value Management Process”.

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

22


7 Principles of EVM Tier 2 System Implementation Intent Guide

 

Appendix 3 Sample EVM Documents

WBS 1.4.1.x Cardiac (QTc) Safety

Description

Study Title: “A Phase 1 study to assess the cardiovascular safety of intravenous (IV) Panaceomycin in volunteers” (Thorough QT Study)

We will conduct a thorough evaluation of the cardiac effect of Panaceomycin Injection via a randomized, double-blind crossover study. A total of 100 participants (18-22 per arm) will randomize to one of five study arms to receive in a double-blind fashion a single IV infusion of either Panaceomycin Injection 10 mg/kg, Panaceomycin Injection at a supra-therapeutic dose, ciprofloxacin (positive control), or placebo. 12-Lead digital ECGs will be collected in triplicate via Holter monitor from each participant during dosing. Seven days after dosing, participants will be re-randomized to receive another treatment. ECGs will be collected and analyzed. A full statistical analysis and expert ECG report will be generated. Serum PK samples will also be collected at ECG collection time points and analyzed to confirm exposure.

Sample WBS Scope Description

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

23


7 Principles of EVM Tier 2 System Implementation Intent Guide

 

LOGO

Sample Timephased S/P/A Report

 

[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

24

Exhibit 10.2

 

 

AMENDMENT OF SOLICITATION/MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT

 

 

 

1. CONTRACT ID CODE

     

 

PAGE    OF    PAGES

        1        |            1        

 

2. AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION NO.

 

0013

 

 

3. EFFECTIVE DATE

 

See Block 16C

 

 

4. REQUISITION//PURCHASE REQ. NO.

 

5. PROJECT NO.  (If applicable)

6. ISSUED BY

 

  CODE     ASPR-BARDA   7. ADMINISTERED BY (If other than Item 6)   CODE     ASPR-BARDA02

ASPR-BARDA

200 Independence Ave., S.W.

Room 640-G

Washington DC 20201

 

 

ASPR-BARDA

330 Independence Ave, SW, Rm G640

Washington DC 20201

   
8. NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR (No. street, county, State and ZIP Code)   (x)    9A. AMENDMENT OF SOLICITATION NO        

 

PFENEX, INC 1358378

FENEX BIOPHARMACEUTICALS, INC.

10790 ROSELLE ST

SAN DIEGO CA 921211718

         
     

9B. DATED (SEE ITEM 11)

 

   

 

x  

 

 

10A. MODIFICATION OF CONTRACT/ORDER NO

HHSO100201000045C

 

         
          10B. DATED (SEE ITEM 13)
CODE       1358378         FACILITY CODE    

 

07/30/2010

 

   
11. THIS ITEM ONLY APPLIES TO AMENDMENTS OF SOLICITATIONS

 

¨     The above numbered solicitation is amended as set forth in Item 14. The hour and date specified for receipt of Offers                                  is extended     is not extended Offers must acknowledge receipt of this amendment prior to the hour and date specified in the solicitation or as amended, by one of the following methods (a) By completing Items 8 and 15, and returning                              copies of the amendment: (b) By acknowledging receipt of this amendment on each copy of the offer submitted; or (c) By separate letter or telegram which includes a reference to the solicitation and amendment numbers. FAILURE OF YOUR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO BE RECEIVED AT THE PLACE DESIGNATED FOR THE RECEIPT OF OFFERS PRIOR TO THE HOUR AND DATE SPECIFIED MAY RESULT IN REJECTION OF YOUR OFFER. If by virtue of this amendment you desire to change an offer already submitted, such change may be made by telegram or letter, provided each telegram or letter makes reference to the solicitation and this amendment, and is received prior to the opening hour and date specified.

  

12. ACCOUNTING AND APPROPRIATION DATA (If required)

 

See Schedule

    

13. THIS ITEM ONLY APPLIES TO MODIFICATION OF CONTRACTS/ORDERS. IT MODIFIES THE CONTRACT/ORDER NO. AS DESCRIBED IN ITEM 14.

 

CHECK ONE     A.  

THIS CHANGE ORDER IS ISSUED PURSUANT TO: (Specify authority) THE CHANGES SET FORTH IN ITEM 14 ARE MADE IN THE CONTRACT ORDER NO. IN ITEM 10A

 

    B.  

THE ABOVE NUMBERED CONTRACT/ORDER IS MODIFIED TO REFLECT THE ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGES (such as changes in paying office, appropriation date, etc.) SET FORTH IN ITEM 14, PURSUANT TO THE AUTHORITY OF FAR 43 103(b).

 

    C.  

THIS SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT IS ENTERED INTO PURSUANT TO AUTHORITY OF

 

x  

D.  OTHER (Specify type of modification and authority)

 

FAR 52.243-2 Alternate I (Apr 1987) Changes – Cost – Reimbursement and mutual agreement of the parties

 

 

E. IMPORTANT :         Contractor              ¨ is not            x   is required to sign this document and return                              1               copies to the issuing office

 

14. DESCRIPTION OF AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION (Organized by UCF section headings, including solicitation/contract subject matter where feasible .)

Tax ID Number: 27-1356759

DUNS Number: 013603710

A. The purpose of this modification is to:

1. Extend the Period of Performance of subCLIN 0003a to August 31, 2015.

B. This is a bilateral, administrative no-cost modification. The total contract amount and all other terms and conditions remain the same.

Period of Performance: 07/30/2010 to 08/31/2015

Except as provided herein, all terms and conditions of the document referenced in Item 9A or 10A, as heretofore changed, remains unchanged and in full force and effect.

15A. NAME AND TITLE OF SIGNER (Type or print)  

16A. NAME AND TITLE OF CONTRACTING OFFICER (Type or print)

 

Patrick Lucy, CBO      

THOMAS P. HASTINGS

 

       

15B. CONTRACTOR/OFFEROR

 

  15C. DATE SIGNED   16B.   UNITED STATES OF AMERICA     16C. DATE SIGNED
                 /s/ Patrick Lucy   7.22.15                   /s/ THOMAS P. HASTINGS   7/23/15
(Signature of person authorized to sign)                                        (Signature of Contracting Officer)                                            
NSN 7540-01-152-8070                              STANDARD FORM 30 (REV 10-83)
Previous edition unusable                              Prescribed by GSA
                             FAR (48 CFR) 53 243

Exhibit 10.3

FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of September 28, 2015, by and between PFENEX INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“Bank”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Borrower is currently indebted to Bank pursuant to the terms and conditions of that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of July 1, 2015, as amended from time to time (“Credit Agreement”).

WHEREAS, Bank and Borrower have agreed to certain changes in the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement and have agreed to amend the Credit Agreement to reflect said changes.

NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree that the Credit Agreement shall be amended as follows:

1.           Section 6.1 (i) is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted therefor:

“(i)         Any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules of the Securities Exchange Commission thereunder as in effect on the date hereof) is or shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of 35% or more on a fully diluted basis of the voting interests in Borrower’s capital stock.”

2.           Except as specifically provided herein, all terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement remain in full force and effect, without waiver or modification. All terms defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the same meaning when used in this Amendment. This Amendment and the Credit Agreement shall be read together, as one document.

3.           Borrower confirms that its representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of the signing of this Amendment (except for any such representation or warranty that is qualified by materiality or reference to a material adverse effect, which such representation and warranty is true and correct in all respects), with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of such date (except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, except for any such representation or warranty that is qualified by materiality or reference to a material adverse effect, which such representation and warranty is true and correct in all respects as of such earlier date). Borrower reaffirms its covenants under the Credit Agreement.

 

-1-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the day and year first written above.

 

PFENEX INC.    

WELLS FARGO BANK,

  NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By:    /s/ Bertrand Liang     By:    /s/ Tyler Wilson
 

BERTRAND LIANG,

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

     

TYLER WILSON,

ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENT

 

-2-

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF PERIODIC REPORT UNDER SECTION 302 OF

THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Bertrand C. Liang, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Pfenex Inc.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  c. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: November 13, 2015      

/s/ Bertrand C. Liang

      Bertrand C. Liang
      President and Chief Executive Officer
      (Principal Executive Officer)

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF PERIODIC REPORT UNDER SECTION 302 OF

THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Paul A. Wagner, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Pfenex Inc.;

 

  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  c. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: November 13, 2015      

/s/ Paul A. Wagner

      Paul A. Wagner
      Chief Financial Officer
      (Principal Financial Officer)

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATIONS OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Bertrand C. Liang, certify to the best of my knowledge, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that the Quarterly Report of Pfenex Inc. on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2015 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that information contained in such Form 10-Q fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Pfenex Inc.

 

November 13, 2015     By:  

/s/ Bertrand C. Liang

      Bertrand C. Liang
      President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
      (Principal Executive Officer)

I, Paul A. Wagner, certify to the best of my knowledge, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that the Quarterly Report of Pfenex Inc. on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2015 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that information contained in such Form 10-Q fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Pfenex Inc.

 

November 13, 2015     By:  

/s/ Paul A. Wagner

      Paul A. Wagner
      Chief Financial Officer
      (Principal Financial Officer)